Home

Go Back - Electronic Service for Medical Offices, Inc.

1. TOC Go Back Alignment and Calibration 4 Using a clean container press 1 50 DISPENSE to dispense the second di lution 5 Pull open solenoid 2 5 to drain the exsisting solution in the RBC 6 Pour second latex solution into RBC cup ag Run the sample and observe the PLT histogram The peak MODE should be at approxi mately 18fl Figure 5 11 NOTE The PLT count should be between 200 and 700 If the count is outside this range adjust the dilution ratio of the latex particles by adding more saline or Latex The lower left from cover must be on and the Main Card Cage pushed in to prevent PLT noise when running PLT counts RBC 4 59 T L gt gt gt gt mmol L 4 APPROXIMATELY 98 fi HCT 436 L L MCV 95 fL RBC j MCH fmol MCHC mmol L RDW 5 2 X uw ne 250 Figure 5 8 RBC GAIN ADJUSTMENS part A CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 36 Section 5 Search TOC Go Back Alignment and Calibration CELL DYN 1600 DIAGNOSTIC REPORT Jul 28 1987 CELL DYN 1600 Serial ______________ Operator I D UIM Disk Version 715 DEMO Sequence Command was 98 CCM Version 3 0 11 05 05 87 CD1600p UIM ROM Version VER 3 11 5 26 87 REC low current histogram data smoothing 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 i1 12 13 14 15 16 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 17 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 33 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2. WING MTERDONMECTIONM ON 17 SHEET POWER SUPPLY MODULE 3j HDiCATED HARDWARE TO DISLARENES WHEN INSTALLING INTO NEXT ASSEMBLY munde Fone SUPPLY 5x 85 814 ee Da medica piraan 2 amp 2 03 82971 eget i CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 17 Schematics and Parts Layout Go Back Section 8 Search a 26522130 93114253 5211764 5 A soe ain 5 iGo StS Sy 2802257 2806110 SUT JTT Siaencadlies que gui __ ee ASSY POWER EE fETLY a o 3 a u dr NEC 9211019 July 1993 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual Section 8 Search Book TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout amp 4 agua 1 ma ux me arms 2845 dLE 2 Fi y x28cB558 SFEESNUT BS Cos Plate E m 26045 _ 9 m Q 2100708 e FAN GUARD FusEHOCDER n r xi BoB8019
3. eo ae n n EMT EL 2 Hom U indt Sz rrr usus INTER Face Che tii JE c en PET TELA Sez dioe m SSE 24 5 WEXFJEI ____ THATI gu In s LM gate 5 PUM ELEY 9555 WOK ESHT 23 1 283 a4 F 211062 B ET DIAGRAM CABLE CONNECTION ee D m 5 4 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 43 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 4 rara 1 p i Does P 09 c aaa DRIVER PCE mrda _ PROE JA mA Huw DR PCE PROGE mr Tans 15 Pe di xn DE in dz x Pp gu _ SET 11 gas 545 18 mem mm JEL PEM ee 17 are 1 Mia om 1 Sree PM 1567 1 ar PARES 5 LAGE AM COUMBETION 20 400 Le 5 3 i 1 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 44 Section
4. 9 meum esr um Se Description Typical operational state Green LED is on Right most two yellow LEDs are flashing at fast flicker showing UIM CCM communica tions Pattern when machine is idle even in standby Active operational state Green LED is on Rightmost two yellow LEDs are flashing at slowflicker showing UIM CCM communica tion slowed while CCM is busy with some process Active operational state Red Plt cells are being counted Active operational state White cells are being counted If in either state for no more than approximately thirty seconds then UIM is busy most likely with disk access e g loading a pro gram State of CCM not apparent Examples Bad Situations LED Pattern 9yyyy y Description Probable Cause CCM is non functional UIM is also non functional or timeout loss of 5V power CCM failed is non functional UIM is attempting to communicate CCM failed is non functional Most likely got a partial reset which reset the VIA CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 54 Section 6 Search Book Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting 0 IF this state for at least more than thirty seconds then UIM is non functional has failed or has timedout If display indicates time out then suspect that the CCM failed and its failure led to UIM time out 0 If in this state for at least more than
5. CUP U TE OO CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 58 Appendix B Go Back USE OF CONTROL FILES SETUP KEY Three QC files are specifically designated for use with a three level control material Information per taining to each control currently being used is entered via control files setup new screen and labels LOW CONTROL NORMAL CONTROL OR HIGH CONTROL New screen and labels allow the oper ator to enter the lot number and expiration date and to set the upper and lower range or mean and lim its for each of these three QC files TO USE CONTROL CONTROL FILES SETUP KEY a With main screen displayed depress control files setup key new screen and labels appear allowing operator to select control file b Depress key for type of control low control normal control high control new screen and labels appears LOT NUMBER EXPIRATION DATE Month Day Year Multi Rule Modified Westgard Selection To change set cursor and depress ENTER key ON Rule Value outside 350 ON Rule2 2 Consecutive values outside same 250 ON Rule3 2 Consecutive values outside opposite 250 ON Rule4 2or3 Consecutive values outside same 250 ON Rule5 4 Consecutive values outside same 250 ON Rule6 12 Consecutive values on same side of mean CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 92
6. Go Back Model 1600 Mother Board Removal cont d j Eight of the mother board retaining screws pass through the ends of the PC board connectors these must be re moved in order to remove the mother board Note There is a nylon isolator under each mother board retaining screw Each isolator must be carefully re placed upon replacement of the PC board k Liftthe mother board out of the chassis CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 33 Section 9 Search Book Back Service Model 1600 Speaker Board Removal To remove a Remove b Remove the single Phillips head screw holding the card cage in the chassis c Slide the card case out toward the front of the instru ment until it stops d The speaker board is held in place with three screws and one ribbon cable e Disconnect ribbon cable No 9520393 f Remove the three screws with a Phillips head screw driver g Remove the Speaker Board After replacement e Set date and time by entering the Setup screen from the main menu and choosing the data time menu 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 34 Section 9 Book Back Service Model 1600 UIM Board 9600550 Removal To remove a Remove Top Cover b Remove Right Cover c Remove all ribbon cables connected to the UIM board d Using needle nose pliers compress th
7. 3 7 5 4 a CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 1 Dg e um mens __ PET OE E apy mom pau 2 r ESL ptt e m LETS MS e nel Aer L LEIBIVERECE NE l a Pi Wm mum 5 RET NOTES SEE L ALL SSeS UES RS ey E ALL Camp TOE Dl Soy BS IA TNR BER VALLES viia Abu F guo E 1 8 51 Section 8 Search Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 7 5 4 3 oe a oo ee _ D D gt B 1 4g rg 10 TUSAN anra EDIT SCHEN AMP MODULE 5 6 3 CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 52 Section 8 Search Book TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout d I wei a jp COUNT DMABLE wih COURT L ABLE EB Te B m a I ce tom fem Li
8. a Rm EST KOT UME AHIRE e 5 LE SOME ZA NGD wl fs AME NDT E POEERJHI 1 Dat PERE 397 La E scspe gm sar Gene 2 5 21643 es 397 1 HSE EET cA i det 1 5 ei 1 a PZXAC GT me 1 TUM PELE mm 1 J 325128 E E E EE 55 aim hh x 3 PT E DU TM e am i pa 009 cm F as TS B om 2 c CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 47 Section 8 Search Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout mi Aa i Au 13224 pee aa a n 3 Bog Et TAP Fee ARGOS SESC 19 Sines ELAT DORT 2 ma OST a NO Se Mio CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 48 ______ TOC Go Back ER 4 1 EJ
9. dU enia ER B REESE cUm ME um CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 26 A Schematics and Parts Layout E F PACHG 2E al 2 5 495 LG SEE 2 SLA SC 4 1 LE SOR Soe 4 40 315 Li is 180559 ho Fi REF SPEC 4 ZS2O03 Of MEIJE a i tu 9334004 af E E hn 2801234 S C PAN PHIL 2 55 75 UG 4 6 rey E La ea Jm n r 9 1 M 9910825 2x x ri 928 T81 P S5 a E 240800 Fa 2 8X F SPLIT LOCK 4 X 2 2X a B0B FLAT it L rt gt a hy 77738 M 1 o p m ar 2807 715 2 1 i 2X r4 E 2808064 REF NOTES ot UE ci lt Section 8 ELE EOE Ee ERE ez 528077 Diagnostics Division 1 zun mm m o iG 1 d 1 i L m 8 27 9211019 July 1993 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout
10. Search Book TOC Go Fault Report Description Service Special Commands Raw Data Description CD1400 and CD1600 Troubleshooting Guide Cell Dyn 1400 1400CS Error Messages Cell Dyn 1600 Error Messages CCM On Board Diagnostic Leds SECTION 7 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Introduction Safety Precautions Gathering Background Information Materials Required System Overview System Clean Up System Inspection POWER OFF Alignment and Calibration POWER ON Power Supply Voltages Diluent Volume Verification Sample Volume Verification Signal Processor Module SPM Device Control Module DCM Pre Amplifier Module PAM Instrument Calibration PM Completion CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual Master Table of Contents 9211019 July 1993 TOC 4 SECTION 8 SCHEMATICS PARTS LAYOUT Introduction 1600 Front View 1600 Left Side View 1600 Right Side View 1600 Top View 1600 Fluid Power Supply Front View 1600 Fluid Power Supply Rear View 1600 Flow Panel Front View Assy Flow Panel CD 1600 Mechanical Front 2 of 4 Assy Flow Panel CD 1600 Mechanical Rear 3 of 4 Assy Flow Panel CD 1600 Tubing amp Fitting Front 4 of 4 Assy Fluid Power Supply Mechanical Front 2 of 4 Assy Fluid Power Supply Mechanical Rear 3 of 4 Assy Fluid Power Supply Tubing amp Fitting 4 of 4 Assy Reagent Interface CD 1600 2 of 3 Assy Reagent interface CD 1600 3 o
11. EMTZ 2 1o i a a ET REM 2718 a 3 BL mm B TP uanosHZ 79 lt SEES ami G E SH TAL E gi T2 4 O81 EHT DR dd L over er 1 ALL RESTOR WALUES AME IH EN 2 VALUES AME MICRCRARADE A MATE WOTOR WOOULE oe Pf all CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 66 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout d SHTI f LE 2x nm COTTHEM aTi BOATS BUE rez 1 iij 5 5 toa rm He m 13 rip 2 2 2_ T AI SHT BER eruca a E 521 140 EMT i i BHT H 59 Ti AST QA D r as B m m B To E gd oe HT 1 1 T M5 a BHT 522 5T 4 Ra egt OW SHTI SAT 1 1 SHT 1 08 _ THERE ZHTi Wn BHT BHT 1 4 Di 1 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 67 Sec
12. fame Te FARI E ore P ACRE FEES CCS Seno PE LALL ARE IN 5 ABE d BEY 25 J SCHEMATIC a wee 7 5 4 a CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 74 Section 8 Search TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout NI Cu Bal RR Man nlt f z 10 PEt o0 Wu 1 m m Ej cia COT ify E Jw sera tates Cee Te ae GemE AEL Te AME du Z 1 UE Pies ker CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 75 Section 8 Search TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout T REL PER ESO 223 de 2 ee Tey CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 76 Section 8 Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout eli uam kh Eai GLM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 77 Section 8 Search Book TOC Back Schematics and Parts Layout mthi La sphbis Capi bihe
13. nq nnos CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 78 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout t Loco D Em x IIT GLM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 79 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout mi E 1 pp LE C SEE5 u GLM CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 80 is 1955 Grain Coperelson Section 8 Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout 4 a PETE 1 his 5 ie oum 9414 GLM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 81 m 1505 GraphOn Curpreal ion Section 8 Search Book TOC Back Schematics and Parts Layout lt GLM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 82 Section 8 Search TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 550 240 fev MP page CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 83 Schematics
14. 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 53 Section 9 Search Go Back Service Model 1600 Sample Probe Needle Replacement Whenever the needle is replaced the O ring that ac companies a must also be replaced The O ring fits into the head of the transparent wash block where the tube enters the wash block The four nylon screws must also be replaced To remove a Loosen but do not remove the tube mounting screw to remove the probe needle 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 54 Section 9 Searcl k Go Back Service Model 1600 Sample probe Needle Replacement Cont d b Now remove the O Ring by removing the four nylon screws and lift out the wash block cover 1 600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 Section 9 Book Back Service Model 1600 Sample Probe Needle Replacement Cont d c Lift the O ring out of the wash block using a very narrow allen wrench or a tool such as the end of a paper clip d Slide the probe through the tube mount but not into the wash block e Slide the wash block cover onto the probe followed by a new O ring part no 2506903 f Replace the probe in the wash block assembly and carefully seat the O ring g Install the wash block cover with four new Nylon screws and tighten the probe tube retaining nut Important When repl
15. 3 mens ALGHT SET LRA GAGE 2O01 ACUJUSTP NT TOP 79 18 E PLES PUE Um Ton 2 PLC DOM mee SET 220 1 TOS M A e Puce cit SET GAP TO ao mo TIGHTEN STANDOFF TILL FLUSH WITH PLATE AND SNUG ee PROBE SAMPLE 112 ba a c z 4 l il CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 28 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout m Pw 5 SALOH 8 29 Ls 7 Gy ABBOTT Dagnesties Division Diagnostics Division em n res A CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 29 Section 8 Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout BET nu L pi BE x Gaus 19 1 eee 11 nh T T lll I E LATI a CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 30 Section 8 Search Book TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 3 z 1 od SEE 1 E JH 50 MUS 3 LHS 43H OS STW NOLO ANS IA LSDVA enu SQ x2 1950 a E 27 E FA if ctm in
16. ABJUETINH CLAMP MET 15 Le TORE Te ser Coane Sacer ee SAS Ra am vn BOTGA DRANG PRELCHAD PROC LOREM LOCK KLN ADJUST GEARING PREDA SHEN FOR HEXAPREEL 11 LOOK NUT BORIW 8 22 Schematics and Parts Layout 4 PUE TETEH G REVY SER LCD Lar ul 220 M4 mee amp v eC A Rev ER 4 0 087 n v AW FPE Section8 Back 5 EEC ED q300542 uaa xml REY ANTH WMITT OM Sr 9131409 I 93005608 5 LEE of i Temnre em hiii APPLY 232 ee REP TA on nage cz _ Ny FPS UT ws By lile WT CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 23 Section 1 Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 1 EET zem r EE mm SET LAING 420G CONTACT FLUS VE SCREW TO 20 IN B 2 PLCS a L TORQUE 12 IN
17. WBC 9 8 LYM 54 RO 54 6 L MID 1 5 R3 151 M GRAN 3 0 R3 30 3 G RBC 2 61 M uL HGB 8 1 g dL HCT 227 MCV 87 fL MCH 31 0 pg MCHC 35 7 g dL RDW 165 PLT 405 fL PDW 10 GSD 100 200 Cells Reference Differential Red Cell Morphology Lymphocytes Anisocytosis Variant Lymphs Poikilocytosis Monocytes Microcytosis Eosinophils Macrocytosis Basophils Polychromasia Neutrophils Spherocytosis Bands Stabs 96 Target Cells Myelolcytes 96 Toxic Granulation Metamyelocytes 96 Hypersegmented Polys Promyelocytes 96 Nucleated RBC s 100 WBC s Blasts 96 Reticulocytes 1000 RBC s COMMENTS No differential data available Decreased RBC HGB and HCT with slight increased RDW Character istic of Sickle Cell Anemia ACTION Review smear due to alerts and abnormal results and histograms CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 43 Search Book Go Back Appendix WBC 4 4 K uL LYM 1 4 31 8 L MID 0 3 6 3 GRAN 2 7 61 9 G RBC 5 53 HGB 121 g dL HCT 37 1 MCV 67 fL MCH 21 9 pg MCHC 326 g dL RDW 23 PLT 298 K uL MPV fL PCT 926 PDW 10 GSD 100 200 Cells Reference Differential Lymphocytes 31 Variant Lymphs Monocytes 6 Eosinophils 3 Basophils Neutrophils 58 Bands Stabs 2 Myelolcytes Metamyelocytes Promyelocytes Blasts CASE EXAMPLE 8 RBC PLT
18. loosen the screw the rear The rear screw has a slotted opening which will allow you to slide it forward g Slide the assembly forward upward and out of the chas sis h After reassembly verify Sample Volume para 5 8 3 and verify Calibration para 5 13 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 Section 9 Book Back Model 1600 Cage Mounted Board Removal To remove boards Service a Remove Bezel b Remove the single Phillips head screw holding the card cage in the chassis c Slide the card case out toward the front of the instru ment until it stops CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 Section 9 Search Book Go Back Service Model 1600 Cage Mounted PC Board Removal cont d In general board removal procedure is the same for all cage mounted PC boards To remove specific boards d To remove MAM Board P N 9600531 lift up on the board extractors and slide board directly upward When removing PC boards note position of ribbon cable connectors and tag as necessary for proper replace ment during reassembly e Forremoval of the SPM Board P N 960052 tag and re move ribbon cable connector J1 For removal of CCM Board P N 9600440 tag and re move ribbon cable connectors J2 and J3 On the DCM Board P N 9600940 tag and remove rib bon cable connectors J1 and J2
19. 4V lt 30MV PP PDM J1 7 12VDC 12V 6V lt 80MV PP CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 16 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration Table 5 2 Continued Test Function Range Ripple PDM J1 6 12VDC 2V 6V lt 80MV 1 5 24VDC UREG 28V 3 0V N A PSM J7 1 5VDC 5 1V 1V lt 50MV PP 5 7 4 CSA POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE TEST POINTS Table 5 3 Test Function Range Ripple PSM TP2 12VDC UREG 15V 2V lt 3 0V PP PSM TP4 ANALOG GROUND N A PSM TP1 24VDC UREG 28V lt 7 0V PP 15VDC 15V 4V lt 30MV PP PSM TP5 15VDC 15V 4V lt 30MV PP PSM TP6 100VDC RETURN 100V 6V lt 30MV PP PSM TP7 100VDC 100V 6V lt 30MV PP CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration 5 7 5 POWER SUPPLY ADJUSTMENTS NOTE On the non CSA PSM beam only the 100 volt supply is directly adjustable No adjustments are possible on the CSA board for the 100 volt supply 5 7 5 1 Non CSA Board Power Supply Adjustment To adjust 100 volts connect DVM across TP5 and TP6 on the mother board Adjust R4 on the power supply module for 100 volts 2 0 volts 5 7 5 2 Switching Power Supply Adjustment To adjust 5 0 volts connect the DVM to TP4 and TP5 on me User Interface Module Lo cate the Switching Power Supply Remove metal p
20. Perform appropriate alignments SPM para 5 9 DCM para 5 10 MAM para 5 12 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 90 Section 9 5 h Book Go Back Service Model 1400 Noise Filter Removal To remove a Remove Top Cover b Remove Right Side Cover c Unplug the two connectors tie wrapped to the strap holding the filter in place d Remove the filter 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 Section 9 Search Go Back Service Model 1400 UIM Board Removal E To remove UE is a Remove Top Cover b Remove Right Side Cover With a 5 16 nut driver and 5 16 open end wrench re move the mounting nuts for the UIM board as shown d Mark each connector on the UIM board and unplug each connector e Withdraw the UIM Board directly out of side of the instru ment During disassembly note the insulating paper beneath gt the board When reassembling take care to avoid plac ___ ing the paper into the support brackets on the opposite end of the board After reassembly Verify 5 Volt Adjustment para 5 7 4 e Verify Null Modem RS232 configuration Appendix A RS 232 Intreface Specification 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manua Section 9 Book Go Back Service Model 1400 Switching Power Supply Removal To remove a Remove Top Cover b
21. REPLACE SWITCH 5 DEFECTIVE CDM REPLACE CDM 4 VAC LO ERR 1 LEAK 8 HG CHECK PLUMBING 2 DEFECTIVE PUMP 1 REPLACE PUMP DEFECTIVE VAC 1 REPLACE REGULATOR CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 13 3 SOLENOID 3 1 4 DEFECTIVE SWITCH Section 6 Search Book Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Table 6 3 DISPLAYED ERROR AND FAULT PROBLEMS Continued SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 5 PRES LO ERR 1 LEAK 6PSI 1 CHECK PLUMBING 2 DEFECTIVE PUMP 1 REPLACE PUMP 3 DEFECTIVE PRES REG 1 REPLACE REGULATOR 6 WASTE OVERFL 1 NO 5PSI PRES 1 CHECK 5PSI INTO ACCUM 2 REPLACE PUMP 3 REPLACE CDM 2 SOL 5 3 STUCK 1 CHECK SOL 5 3 2 REPLACE SOL 5 3 3 SOL 5 7 STUCK 1 CHECK SOL 5 7 2 REPLACE SOL 5 7 4 SENSOR NOT DET 1 CHECK SENSOR 2 REPLACE SENSOR 3 REPLACE CDM 7 WASTE EMPTY 1 DEFECTIVE SENSOR CHECK SENSOR TIMEOUT REPLACE SENSOR 2 5PSI PRES LOW CHECK 5PSI REPLACE PUMP CHECK PLUMBING REPLACE CDM 3 RESTRICTION 4 DEFECTIVE CDM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 14 Section 6 Search Book Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Table 6 3 DISPLAYED ERROR AND FAULT PROBLEMS Continued SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 8 CCM UIM 1 DEFECTIVE 1 OBSERVE CCM LED S TIMEOUT DEFECTIVE CCM 2 REPLACE UIM 3 REPLACE CCM 9 DISK ERRORS 1 DEFECTIVE UIM 1 REPLACE
22. The UIM sent a command to the CCM and received back a faulty echo of the command N 253 or a response that contained a checksum error 254 Receiver Error N When the UIM was expecting an event message from the CCM it received a message header that was not the header for event messages N 253 or a message with a faulty checksum N 251 MESSAGES APPEARING IN THE STATUS BOX Not ready See DIAGNOSTICS The CCM has detected a serious fault in 15 own operation and has gone un initialized Waste Full The external waste bottle has filled CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 39 Section 6 Search Book Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Lyse Empty Detergent Empty Diluent Empty The instrument has run out of the indicated reagent Printer Time out The printer has failed to complete a print out in the expected time MESSAGES ON THE MAIN MENU Messages appearing in the status box Correct Fault Press Enter An operator correctable fault occurred during initialization Cannot RUN un initialized The operator has attempted to enter the Run Menu on an un initialized instrument MESSAGES ON THE RUN MENU Messages appearing on line 4 and in print outs Meniscus Error During a measurement one or more of the meniscus detectors was on at the start of metering more information will be available on the Diagnostics Menu Count Overrange During a measurement there
23. normal high RDW normal Microcytic Normocytic Macrocytic Homogeneous Homogeneous Homogeneous RDW high Microcytic Normocytic Macrocytic Heterogeneous Heterogeneous Heterogeneous ANEMIA CLASSIFICATION BASED ON MCV AND RDW low normal high RDW Non anemic Het Normal Aplastic Anemia normal erozygous Chronic Disease Hyperglycemia Thalassemia Non Anemic Enzyme Abnormalities Chronic Liver disease Chronic Disease Non Anemic Enzyme Abnormalities Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia Children Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia Cytotoxic Chemotherapy Splenectomy Acute Blood Loss Chronic Liver Disease Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia Cytotoxic Chemotherapy CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 30 Appendix B Go Back ANEMIA CLASSIFICATION BASED ON MCV AND RDW MCV low normal high RDW Iron Deficiency Early or Mixed Nutritional Deficiency Folate or Vitamin B12 Deficiency high Hb S Alpha or Beta Anemic Hemoglobin Abnormalities Sickle Cell Anemia 1 3 of cases Thalassemia Myelofibrosis Immune Hemolytic Anemia Sideroblastic Cold Agglutinins Myelodysplasia Preleukemia Chronic Liver Disease Newborn Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia Chronic Liver Disease Cytotoxic Chemotherapy Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia Cytotoxic Chemotherapy PROGRESSIVE STAGES
24. 12 VDC MBM 5 42 24 MPM SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY 5 12 VDC CDM 5 12 VDC GLM 115 FAN 1 115 VAC FAN 2 115 VAC PRM 12 24 VDC UNREG CDM 100 15 VOC MBM TRANSFORMER T2 Figure 3 5 AC amp DC POWER DISTRIBUTION BLOCK DIAGRAM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 17 Section 3 Search Book Go Back System Description 3 5 01400 and 1600 Sample Sequence Description Reference Flow Diagram page 8 42 The following is a description of the major events which occur during the WBC and RBC PLT sample sequence a When the Start Button is pressed 30 microliters of Whole Blood is aspirated into the Sam ple Probe by the Sample Syringe b Sample Probe is raised and simultaneously cleaned by Wash Block Sample Probe is positioned Pre Mix sample is dispensed with 7 5 ml of diluent and bubble mixed d One hundred microliters of pre mixed sample is aspirated into the Sample Probe and probe is raised and washed The pre mixed sample is transferred to the WBC Transducer and 1 ml of lyse is added and bubble mixed f Sample Probe is positioned in RBC PLT Cup and pre mixed sample and 5 ml of saline is dispensed and bubble mixed g WBC and RBC PLT Count Valves are opened and both samples are metered to obtain count and histogram data See paragraph 35 for a description of WBC and RBC PLT sam
25. 1ml NOTE The volume dispensed is under direct computer control n the volume is out ofrange the Dispenser and Stepper Motor drive circuitry must be repaired CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 19 Section 5 5 8 3 TOC Go Back Alignment and Calibration SAMPLE VOLUME VERIFICATION Remove silicon tubing attached to top of Sample Probe Attach a 100 microliter Accupette to silicon tubing Place tip of pipette at the bottom of a small container and press 10ml DISPENSE twice Important keep tip of pipette submerged when dispensing Take the pipette out of the container and wipe drop from end of pipette being careful not to wick any liquid from end of pipette Press 1 50 DILUTION Verify that the column of liquid is no more than 1 16 inch above or below 100 microliter mark on pipette Replace 100 microliter pipette with a 40 microliter pipette Place tip of pipette at the bottom of a small container and press 1 50 DISPENSE Important keep tip of plpette submerged when dispensing Take the pipette out of the container and wipe drop from end of pipette being careful not to wick any liquid from end of pipette Press 1 250 DILUTION Verify that the column of liquid is no more than 1 16 inch above or below 40 microliter mark pipette Place a waste container undertip of pipette and press 1 250 DISPENSE Remove pipette and re attach silico
26. 5 10 15 20 2s 30 Red Cell Morphology Anisocytosis Poikilocytosis Microcytosis Macrocytosis Polychromasia Spherocytosis Target Cells Toxic Granulation Hypersegmented Polys Nucleated RBC s 100 WBC s Reticulocytes 7 1000 RBC s COMMENTS Characteristic of recovery from Iron Deficiency Characteristic RBC and PLT histogram URI alert due to increased cells in 20 to 24fL region ACTION Review smear due to alerts and abnormal results and histograms CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 44 Search Book Go Back Appendix WBC 46 K uL LYM 1 5 32 4 L MID 0 2 4 0 M GRAN 2 9 63 6 G RBC 3 88 M uL HGB 8 9 g dL HCT 295 MCV 76 fL MCH 22 9 pg MCHC 30 2 g dL RDW 18 8 96 PLT 263 MPV fL PCT 926 PDW 10 GSD 100 200 Cells Reference Differential Lymphocytes 29 Variant Lymphs Monocytes 3 Eosinophils 2 Basophils 1 Neutrophils 63 Bands Stabs 2 Myelolcytes Metamyelocytes Promyelocytes Blasts CASE EXAMPLE 9 RBC PLT Red Cell Morphology Anisocytosis Poikilocytosis Microcytosis Macrocytosis Polychromasia Spherocytosis Target Cells Toxic Granulation Hypersegmented Polys Nucleated RBC s Reticulocytes 1100 WBC s 11000 RBC s COMMENTS Decreased with slightly decreased RBC and MCV and increased RDW Note the dual red cell population Ch
27. CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 65 Appendix C Search TOC Go Back APPENDIX CD 1600 PIERCER OPTION Table of Contents INTRODUCTION OVERVIEW OF DIFFERENCES CAP PIERCER CONFIGURATION CAP PIERCER FUNCTIONAL SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION CAP PIERCER TROUBLESHOOTING COMPONENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 1 Appendix C Search Back 1 1 INTRODUCTION This appendix is designed to aid the Service Representative in the troubleshooting and repair of the CD1600 Cap Piercer Option Before attempting any repair of the Cap Piercer Option the Service Rep resentative should verify that the CD1600 is operating properly in the Open System mode and the prob lem is being caused by a malfunction in the Cap Piercer Option CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 2 Appendix C Back 1 OVERVIEW OF DIFFERENCES 1 2 1 Provisions for Closed Sample Piercer mode 1 Detection of New CCM Type Part Number 9600815 Starting with this release Version 1 23 the CD1600 System Diskette can be used on a CD1600 with or without a cap piercer assembly The method used to distinguish a CD1600 not having a cap piercer from one that does is by using different CCM PROMs The CD1600CS is identified by a code 6 PR
28. System Description FROM CDM 1 DETERGENT NLET 4 2 SALINE INLET 4 3 WBC COUNT 4 4 TRANSDUCER Fre 4 5 CUP DRAIN 4 8 LYSE INLET WBC CUP 4 7 WBC CUP BUBBLE mx 4 89 WBC CUP WASH 5 1 WASTE BOTTLE 1 INLET 5 WASTE SOTILE 1 VACUUM 8 23 WASTE BOTTLE 1 PRES ORAIN 5 4 VACUUM TRANSFER 5 5 WASTE BOTTLE 2 INLET DENOTES LAST 5 6 WASTE BOTTLE 2 VACUUM TWO DIGITS 5 7 WASTE BOTTLE 2 PRES DRAIN OF PART NUMBER NOT USED VACUUM REGULATOR PUMP PUMP FIGURE 3 3 SOLENOID AND MOTOR DRIVE BLOCK DIAGRAM part CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 13 Section 3 Search Book TOC Go Back System Description 3 4 4 USER INTERFACE SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION Reference Figure 3 4 The user interface subsystem is composed of the following modules USER INTERFACE CIRCUITRY DISK DRIVE CONTROLLER DISPLAY TERMINAL MODULE KEYBOARD INTERFACE GRAPHICS PRINTER INTERFACE TICKET PRINTER INTERFACE EXTERNAL COMPUTER INTERFACE BATTERY SPEAKER gt oD CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 14 Section 3 TOC Go Back System Description USER INTERFACE SUBSYSTEM INTERFACE GRAPHICS PRINTER MODULE DISK TICKET PRINTER DRIVE MODULE EXTERNAL COMPUTER MODULE uil i Figure 3 4 USER INTERFACE SUBSYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM The user interface subsystem rece
29. The MPM controls drive data to the Stepper Drive PCB s and also provides self test capability for motor winding current The MPM is comprised of the following major circuits a Microprocessor b Program Control E FROM I O Peripheral Interface Adapter PIA d Direct Memory Access DMA Control CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 21 Section 4 Back Circuit Description Motor Phase Latches f Motor Current Latches g Motor Winding Self Test Control functions of the MPM are performed by microprocessor U5 The operating program for the microprocessor is stored in Program Control E FROM U3 Data communications between the DCM and MPM are controlled by PIA U6 and serial data is interfaced via ACIA U2 and Data Bus Connector J1 Phase data motor direction and step rate is stored in RAM U7 This data is sent to the MOtor Phase Latches under control of the DMA Control circuitry which consists of U11 U12 U15 U16 U18 U21 and associated circuitry The data is strobed into the appropriate Motor Phase Latch by ALGO thru ALG2 The Motor Phase Latches U23 U26 and U29 provide phase data to the Stepper Drive PCB s Each is an 8 Bit Addressable Latch which can control up to four stepper drive PCB s and subsequently four Stepper Motors Four levels of motor current for each motor is controlled by the Motor Current Latches U22 U25 U28
30. fia SORE EEG es pae A Bigot B CASE VAC WET mex CHR CHETw wawi et pee 1 1 L dim 921 155 oe CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 15 Section 8 Def LE 168 OD Se LL D x ESO COR OI IRL YE ABE 1 0 EAR vie EDLE pex LO TE Co Aor MA 1 See L rSrcaccm ig LD BTS 18 1 OWBLPS Hos LOMA PL puc qa mmn LS CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual S earch Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout SEXT og RUE 9211019 July 1993 v 8 16 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 4 1 Ex 2501792 gx BOBO zx 2505 sii CEERI RA mNegLMTOE 1 ASSEMGLY 0211882 2 8 MARS ASSEMBLY NUMBER AND REVESION AREA SHOWN 3 APPLY THERMAL Pa T INSIGATED SURFACES ASSEMBUND a
31. i i amp CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual earch Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout 5 _ 1 ue 1 iw l9 as Wt lA IA 3 45 SN LR UIS IL E eas DS 28 ma oe P 1 5 fma CEA m gt 4 3 Ff Tf n Bi Pre a 3 T ELE s 2 EA e 2 t r m pem gt 3 ansa i s i ML E am Er SALES LL ES Ba zr a EHE d E SCHEMATIC COM Se Cur e CELL COUNT MODULE 9630440 _ 9211019 July 1993 8 55 Section 8 Search Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout E 4 1 TOMUS GRANGE mmi m 5 1 4 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 56 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 7 5 4 2 5 mme m a aiL PER ica ee B RE 127 mr n n Fi H zB pe ant Fi BE SH7 I B HOTEE UNLESS SPEZIFIEE LALL RESTO VALVES H THA S BAL
32. Appendix C Search TOC Go Back FIGURE F 1 DRAIN SAMPLE TRANSFER CUP ow SMALE TRANSFER CUP SAMPLE SALINE 27227272 G9 gt WASTE gt T J CAP PIERCER OPTIONAL d cS SS SD SE ED RE qum SD NS ES Ge cam _ WASTE M es 4 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 8 Appendix C Book Back 2 The Needle is moved up another 390 steps and approximately 900 uL of sample is aspirated from vacutainer Figure F 2 FIGURE 2 ASPIRATE SAMPLE SAMPLE TRANSFER CUP CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 9 Appendix C Back 3 Sample introduced into Sample Transfer Cup in previous step is drained to remove any saline droplets on surface of cup Figure F 3 FIGURE F 3 DRAIN FIRST SAMPLE SAMPLE TRANSFER CUP SAMPLE SALINE 227 0724 STEPPER MOTOR CAP PIERCER OPTIONAL CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 10 Appendix C Search Back 4 The re
33. For Current Status displaying Type Patient X B N OUT equals number in current batch and OUT indicates last batch was OUTSIDE target and limits for one or more of the three parameters User should but is not required to review specimen data in current batch and to verify calibration by running QC specimens or retained patient specimens that were run when X B data was IN Dr Bull states data for a single batch can be out due to specimen bias nd not an instrument calibration change He recommends specimens be randomized before being assayed For Current Status displaying Type Patient X B N OUT2 N equals number in current batch and OUT2 indicates last TWO CONSECUTIVE batches were OUTSIDE target and limits for one or more of the three parameters User is REQUIRED to verify calibration by running QC specimens AND retained patient specimens that were run when X B data was IN or to run specimen with reference assay calibration values QC mode X B file is used to review and data output to printer or computer This file contains batch data for last 20 batches 400 specimens including batch mean date and time if was calculated and Levey Jennings plot for each of the three parameters An example of actual X B data is given in the CELL DYN 2000 1500 Monogram have found that the X B moving average program is an extremely useful tool to troubleshoot and con firm calibration of the red cells parameters This is especially true wh
34. Repeat steps N thru Q until switch is activated in step N and de activated in step Q Select rotor 3 set direction to set speed to 6 and move CCW 108 steps Select motor 2 set direction to 1 set speed to 6 and move down 826 steps Initialize instrument by pressing Initialize button on right side 5 16 6 LEFT MICROSWITCH 3 ADJUSTMENT p Locate connector J22 on CDM PCB Slide connector back to slightly expose pins Connect DVM leads to pins 2 amp 3 orange red wires Ensure cable is still in contact by toggling swicth off on Deactivated 5 00V Activated 0 00V From diagnostic screen press Service Dec Code Key enter 129 and press Enter CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 65 Section 5 f 7 c0 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration Select motor 3 press Enter set Run to 1 and press Enter set Idle to 1 and press Enter Press ENTER to exit utility Ignore Initialize message and press Service Dec Code enter 130 and press Enter Select motor 2 set direction to 0 set speed to 6 and move up 826 steps Note Screen will prompt for each entry The Enter key must be pressed after each number is entered Loosen both Locking Screws and move Microswitch Assembly 3 to rearmost position Select motor 3 set direction to 0 set speed to 6 and move CCW 245 steps Select motor 3 set direction to 0 set
35. UAT LG m hai vb KEV Hb XD SLET ih LHL UP ERN dep Anc WITH REST ABER yao o APPLY NL fra LOTTE wu CU 5E SERVA LOT TRE TUTE PINS APPLY DROP LOCTITE E Sume 1250 2901637 7 53500553 SCR soc 4 31 Site 3300555 920055 3 oe ZA ramea AEE P 2808064 SPLIT Lock amp NOTES 1 USE A SURFACE PLATE TO ASSEMBLE 80056 TO INGURE SQUAREHESS BETWEEN PLATES AT COMPLETION GREASE LIGHTLY LITHIUM GREASE LUBRLGANT 1605892 Ben Ea mdi PER Ti 4 i i i i 2 8 25 9211019 July 1993 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout e Seesu7z 8 D rr E zE i Bz F 88 N DM 5 z c 2 i ditas a T T i T 1 gt TH m a A 5 HE 2 Ae i 5 9 9 Fi d E f 1B x 2 4 2 E mao 1 E he be gt Re ee eee ABBOTT Diagnostics Diviaion Bg ob 1 4 m
36. f After replacement of caged PCB s make appropriate alignment adjustments SPM PCB para 5 9 1 DCM PCB para 5 10 1 MAM PCB para 5 12 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 30 Section 9 Go Back Service Model 1600 Mother Board Removal To remove a Remove Bezel b Remove all caged PC Boards c Unplug all connecting cables to mother board assembly The cables are located on the rear of the mother board as shown in the illustration d Disconnect ribbon cable and four pin connector wire at rear of disk drive inside card cage CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 31 Section 9 Back Service Model 1600 Mother Board Removal cont d e Remove the four Phillips head disk drive bezel retaining screws f Remove the bezel and lift the disk drive directly out of the instrument chassis g After removing disk drive mark the power supply and preamp cables leading to the rear of the mother board so that they can be replaced in the same positions upon reassembly h The cable ties are secured through holes in the rear of the mother board Carefully cut each cable tie i When all cable ties are cut remove 15 screws holding the mother board to the chassis CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 32 Section 9 Search
37. 1 6 2 O Ring Removal and Replacement 99 WARNING TO PREVENT INJURY BY ACCIDENTAL NEEDLE EXTENSION ALL DIS ASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY D OF THE CAP PIERCER SHOULD BE PERFORMED DE EITHER THE MAIN OR DIAGNOSTICS MODE THE START SWITCH IS DIS ABLED IN THESE MODES RUBBER GLOVES SHOULD BE WORN WHEN PERFORM ING THIS PROCEDURE ENTER MAIN MENU Remove the four screws that secure Sample Cover and remove Sample Cover Figure F 14 Remove Vacutainer Guide by carefully lifting it off Needle Holder Guide Figures F 14 and F 15 Remove Cover by removing two screws at top and bottom Remove the four Hex screws that secure Needle Holder Guide to Cylinder Figure F 15 Lift Needle Holder Guide off Cylinder and disconnect tubing Remove and replace outer O ring 2506920 and apply a thin coating of Vacuum Grease to O ring Figure F 15 Using sharp pointed tool remove inner O ring 2506910 Using a small blunt tool replace inner O ring and apply a thin coating of Vacuum Grease to O ring Reconnect tubing to Needle Holder Guide Replace and secure Needle Holder Guide CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 23 Appendix C Search Back 12 Replace and secure Cover Ensure that Switch Spring is aligned with Interlock Switch 13 Replace Vacutainer Guide 14 Replace and secure Sample Cover 15 Initialize CD1600 and run Background Counts on Cap Pier
38. 34 3 g dL RDW 12 0 96 PLT 340 K uL MPV 8 8 fL PCT 0 30 PDW 16 8 10 GSD 100 200 Cells Reference Differential Lymphocytes 34 Variant Lymphs Monocytes 16 Eosinophils 13 Basophils 2 Neutrophils 26 Bands Stabs 7 Myelolcytes 1 Metamyelocytes 1 Promyelocytes Blasts CASE EXAMPLE 11 Mu RBC PLT so 100 150 Anisocytosis Poikilocytosis Microcytosis Macrocytosis Polychromasia Spherocytosis Target Cells Toxic Granulation Hypersegmented Polys 200 Red Cell Morphology 250 300 Nucleated RBC s 1 100 WBC s Reticulocytes 23 1000 RBC s Howell Jolly Bodies COMMENTS Characteristic of increased cells in Mid Region ACTION Review smear due to WBC alerts and abnormal histograms CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 47 Metamyelocytes Promyelocytes Blasts Search Book Go Back Appendix WBC 62 LYM 0 8 R2 12 1 L MID 0 5 R2 88 M GRAN 4 9 79 1 G 3 32 HGB 10 6 g dL HCT 31 2 MCV 94 fL MCH 31 9 pg MCHC 34 0 g dL RDW 13 0 PLT 628 K uL MPV 6 0 fL PCT 0 38 PDW 16 2 10 GSD 100 200 Cells Reference Differential Lymphocytes 11 96 Variant Lymphs 1 Monocytes 3 Eosinophils Basophils Neutrophils Bands Stabs 85 Myelolcytes CASE EXAMPLE 12 RBC PLT 2 5 10 15 25 30 Red Cell Morpholo
39. 4 amp xzBOBO 4 CABLE i 4x 2251297 TOWER CABLE Abiyi x 38it415 REAR PANEL Sig uu EE OS CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 19 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 5 a i 1 amb nm ar _____ SAT 2 SEE GROUNDING DETAIL EOM LAE D ETN 2 LINE FITER BEN OF CONN i oo NEUTRAL T 3421170 1 USEHOLDES DETAIL 9570009 M CABLE E 2z 2852252 v ABST TO Foie FROM LINZ FITER 9211703 Fes a m em DETAIL SS NEUERUED a ated ET oe WHE eS e a Barm Saas ASSY I POWER SUPPLY o TER PEINE CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual ane 9211019 July 1993 zr I I 1 pi 1 ammini T KaT Mo ar os 8 20 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout Z x IE LI 73 Lo X
40. 49 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 e 65 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 81 2 2 3 3 4 6 9 12 18 26 35 48 60 71 82 82 97 98 100 100 95 90 85 79 71 64 60 55 51 46 41 38 34 113 32 29 25 21 17 14 10 8 4 2 1 1 0 0 0 129 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 145 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 161 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 9 9 1 1 1 1 177 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 193 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 209 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 225 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 241 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Peak of 100 is at channel 98 Figure 5 8 GAIN ADJUSTMENTS part CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 37 Section 5 Search Book Go Back 33 32 31 30 29 EDIT RATIO 28 27 26 25 4 0 3 0 Figure 5 9 CELL EDIT CHART CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 0 LATEX APERTURE 8 Ze Alignment and Calibration DIA Pit Eg 71111 121 1 11 NEN 5 38 Section 5 30 CELL DYN 1600 Serial UIM Search TOC Go Back Alignment and Calibration CELL DYN 1600 DIAGNOSTIC REPORT Jul 28 1987 Operator I D Disk Version 715 DEMO Test
41. 6 9 PCT 0 30 PDW 17 5 100 200 Cells Reference Differential Lymphocytes Variant Lymphs Monocytes Eosinophils Basophils Neutrophils Bands Stabs Myelolcytes Metamyelocytes Promyelocytes Blasts Search Back CASE EXAMPLE 3 K uL R3 R3 28 8 G 57 5 L 13 7 WBC 250 300 159 200 M uL g dL fL RBC PLT 10 GSD 2 5 10 15 2 25 30 Red Cell 57 Anisocytosis Poikilocytosis 3 Microcytosis 11 Macrocytosis 5 Polychromasia 24 Spherocytosis Target Cells Toxic Granulation Hypersegmented Polys Nucleated RBC s 100 WBC s Reticulocytes 13 1000 RBC s COMMENTS Decreased MCV and HGB with a normal RBC and increased RDW Characteristic of H Disease and Beta Thalassemia intermedia ACTION Review smear due to alerts and abnormal results and histograms CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 39 Appendix B Go Back CASE EXAMPLE 4 WBC 67 K uL LYM 3 1 45 9 L MID 0 3 4 6 M GRAN 3 3 49 5 G RBC 9 28 M uL HGB 18 4 g dL HCT 585 MCV 63 fL RBC MCH 19 8 pg MCHC 31 5 g dL RDW 21 5 PLT 371 K uL MPV fL PLT PCT i PDW 10 GSD 100 200 Cells Reference Differential Red Cell oy Lymphocytes 55 Anisocytosis Variant Lymphs Poikilocytosis Monocytes 5 Microcytosis Eosinophils Macrocytosis Basophils 3 Pol
42. Adjust R45 for 0 35 volts 0 01 volts Connect positive lead of DVM to TP19 PLT Hi discriminator Adjust R48 for 3 50 volts 0 05 volts Connect positive lead of DVM to TP20 PLT to discriminator i Adjust R49 for 0 20 volts 0 01 volts Table 5 4 SPM ALIGNMENTS Function Test WBC DISC TP10 RBC DISC TP11 PLT HIGH TP19 PLT LO TP20 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 Adjust R44 R45 R48 R49 Alignment and Calibration b Connect DVM positive lead to TP10 WBC Discriminator on the SPM Connect ground lead to TP15 or TP2 on the mother board module Although TP15 is analog ground on the Setting Range 0 44 V 0 01 0 35 V 0 01 3 50 V 0 05 0 20 V 0 01 5 22 Section 5 TOC Go Back Alignment and Calibration Figure 5 3 TEST POINTS CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 23 Section 5 Back Alignment and Calibration 5 10 Device Control Module DCM Figure 5 4 5 10 1 DISCUSSION The DEVICE CONTROL MODULE is located in the main card cage The DCM has a single adjust ment that can be performed in the field The adjustment is for the D to A converter output No other adjustments are required 5 10 2 DEVICE CONTROL MODULE ALIGNMENT a Verify instrument is in ready mode b Connect DVM positive lead to TP3 on the DCM Connect
43. BUS A5 5j ADRESS Section 8 T Ta el sm MERSE T ETA Md sio mock E la tis LH pss 283 USER NTERFACE MODULE mt SCHEMATE 8 70 9211019 July 1993 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual Section8 Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout P 3620550 __ LAN 2 77 le i a 5 TATA Bus 22 60 43 z hah INTESTATE MODULE a T 5 4 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 71 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout m DATA bos 7 9 ss TOR ri Dr eh pt ied fel am g s U47 i i Wol4e8 2 c c B B 2 1 Pe 5 2 i L SCHEMATIC DIM mj a Pieces usps rwTERFACE MODULE Lh c reum LI CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 72 ee Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 7 _ s NEN 1 n RES SW
44. Book Go Back Service 9 2 Safety Precautions This section contains warnings and cautions that must be followed for your protection and to avoid damage to the equipment WARNING SOME OF THE SERVICE PROCEDURES DESCRIBED IN THIS SECTION MUST BE PERFORMED WITH PROTECTIVE COVERS REMOVED THESE PROCEDURES SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY BY SERVICE TRAINED PERSONNEL WHO ARE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS INVOLVED FOR EXAMPLE FIRE EXPLOSION ELECTRIC SHOCK AND BIOHAZARD MOST SERVICE PROCEDURES CAN BE PERFORMED WITHOUT POWER APPLIED TO THE SYSTEM DISCONNECT POWER AT THE WALL OUTLET BEFORE SERVICING BEFORE ANY REPAIR IS COMPLETED MAKE SURE THAT ALL SAFETY FEATURES ARE INTACT AND FUNCTIONING AND THAT ALL GROUNDED PARTS ARE CON NECTED TO THEIR PROPER GROUNDING TERMINALS THE CD 1400 1600 SYSTEM IN COMMON WITH ALL MEDICAL LABORATORY INSTRUMENATION CAN BE EXPOSED TO BIOHAZARDOUS MATERIAL DURING NORMAL USE CORRECT LABORATORY PROCEDURES SHOULD BE FOLLOWED AND PRECAUTION EXERCISED TO REDUCE THE RISK OF BIOHAZARD EXPOSURE PERFORM THE FOLLOWING DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURE PRIOR TO SERVIC ING THE INSTRUMENT CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 3 Section 9 Back Service 9 2 1 DECONTAMINATION For your own safety you must decontaminate all surfaces that you may come in contact with dur ing servicing An effective decontamination solution and the recommended procedure is d
45. CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual Master Table of Contents 9211019 July 1993 TOC 7 Video Display 2 of 7 Graphon Video Display 3 of 7 Graphon Video Display 4 of 7 Graphon Video Display 5 of 7 Graphon Video Display 6 of 7 Graphon Video Display 7 of 7 220 230 240 Component Location GO 240 Monitor Display Monitor SECTION 9 SERVICE 9 1 Introduction 9 2 Safety Precautions 9 3 Service Equipment Required 9 4 Disassembly Replacement Procedures SECTION 10 APPENDICES A CD1600 RS232 Interface Specifications B Understanding CELL DYN Diff Screen Analyzers C CD1600 Cap Piercer Option CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 Search Book TOC Go Master Table of Contents TOC 8 Section 1 Back General Information Section Table of Contents CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 Introduction Purpose and Scope Service Experience Operating Instructions Service Manual Organization System Specifications Section 1 Search Book Back General Information 1 1 Introduction 1 1 1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE This manual contains service information for the CELL DYN 1400 AND 1600 Automated Hematology Analyzers Included are complete operating information alignment and calibration procedures trou bleshooting and board level repair and replac
46. July 93 Section 9 Gc ck Service Model 1600 RBC and WBC EENT Removal CAUTION BE EXTREMELY CAREFUL IN LOOS ENING THE UPPER LEFT HAND SCREW TAKE CARE NOT TO DAMAGE THE SMALL NYLON FIT TING PROTRUDING FROM THE SIDE OF THE TRANSDUCER If necessary you can protect it by slipping the head of a 1 4 nut driver over the fitting as shown CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 47 Section 9 Book Go Back Service Model 1600 RBC and WBC Transducer Removal f Remove the three screws holding the transducer to the chassis After reassembly e Verify RBC PLT gains after installing RBC PLT Transducer para 5 12 Verify WBC gain after installing WBC transducer para 5 12 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 48 Section 9 Search Go Back Service Model 1600 Metering Tube Removal i To remove a Remove Front Cover and Lower Front Panel b Remove the metering board transparent plastic shield before removing the two screws on the left of the shield with a phillips head screwdriver c Make sure the metering tubes are drained then remove the two standoffs with a 1 4 nut driver unplugging the ground wire on the bottom standoff at the same time during the same operation d Remove the connector on the side of the metering boa
47. Outdated blood bank blood and blood pools are thoroughly washed and filtered leaving only the red cells This process strips the red cells of their natural halo of plasma which contains antibodies and protects or buffers them against slight environmental changes These red cells are then fixed to varying degrees to provide cell stability during the dating period This stabili zation process often spheres and crenates the cells making them less deformable b Cells to simulate white cells are added For non diff screen controls these are generally CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 55 Appendix B Search Back chicken or turkey red cells which are nucleated For Diff Screen controls stabilized and pre shrunk white cells are added c Stabilized platelets are added d Cyanmethemoglobin is generally added since red cells are stabilized and diff screen analyz ers have a rapid throughput This is to ensure good hemoglobin readings A suspending diluent that has a high glucose content is added to feed the control cells during the dating period f This entire mixture is allowed to stabilize for a short period and then is tested When testing is complete and everything appears to be relatively stable the mixture is bottled and assayed The technology used in the preparation of commercial hematology controls has steadily improved over the last several years However as each
48. Remove Lower Front Panel c Remove Right Side Cover d Remove Right Lower Front Panel The switching power supply is held into the chassis with three 7 64 allen head mounting screws The rear screw is mounted horizontally and must be accessed through the top of the instrument beside the main power supply e Unplug all connectors attached to the switching power supply board f With 7 64 allen driver loosen but do not remove the allen head mounting screws g Lift the switching power supply off the standoffs and pull it forward out of the instrument as shown After reassembly verify 5 Volt Adjustment para 5 7 4 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 93 Section 9 Search Book Back Service Model 1400 Disk Drive Removal To remove a Remove Right Side Cover b Remove the CCM UIM and Video Display Module boards from the card cage c With a 1 phillips head screwdriver loosen the mounting screw under the disk drive as shown d Unplug the two connectors from the rear of the disk drive unit and remove it from the chassis 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 Boo 6 0 7 0 Tabl Tabl Tabl k Table of Contents Introduction Mechanical Interface Interface Specification prowl CELL DYN 1600 SYSTEM me List Number 04H34 01 e 1Histogram Messages REVISION B e 2Count Data Message
49. Ticket missing There was no ticket in the ticket printer when a ticket printout was requested Ticket printer time out The ticket printer timed out during the printing of a ticket or there was no ticket printer attached CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 46 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting MESSAGES ON THE QC MENU Messages appearing in the status box Re transmissions occurred During transmission of a QC file through the RS232C channel at least one re transmission was requested XXX is empty The operator requested the display of a QC file that has no samples in it XXX is the name of the file MESSAGES ON THE SPECIAL PROTOCOLS MENU Message appearing in the status box Time out at N seconds CCM process initiated by the operator took longer to complete than allowed usually indicating a failure of the CCM The process ran approximately N seconds before the time out occurred MESSAGES ON THE DIAGNOSTICS MENU Messages appearing in the status box Time out at N seconds CCM process initiated by the operator took longer to complete than allowed usually indicating a failure of the CCM The process ran approximately N seconds before the time out occurred CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 47 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Process Aborted
50. WBC red cells count RBC hemoglobin HGB mediocrity HCT mean cell volume MCV mean cell hemo CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 2 Appendix B Go Back globin MCH and mean cell hemoglobin concentration MCHC Concurrent with the improvements in the state of the art of hematology counting devices interest was shifted to automating the tedious time consuming and often imprecise manual platelet count and the white cell differential Platelets in the presence of red cells are difficult to count and size because 1 platelets with a volume of 2 to 70 femtoliters are the smallest of the three blood cell types with the majority having a volume of 2 to 20 femtoliters 2 normally the circulating blood contains about 30 platelets for each 500 red cells 3 Size differentiation in specimens with larger size platelets and small size red cells is impossi ble 4 platelets due to their role in the hemostatic mechanism are easily activated by their environ ment causing them to become sticky and adhere to surfaces i e glassware or to form aggregates clumps It wasn t until the mid 70 s that the Thrombocounter C a dedicated platelet counter was introduced by Coulter This device counted platelets that were concentrated in plasma that had been separated from the red and white cells by gravity sedimentation or slow speed centrifugation This plasma referred
51. b to i for each control as required NO Depress return key new screen and labels appear then depress return key again to return to main control setup screen USE OF REPLICATE FILES SETUP KEY Nine QC files labeled 1 to 9 are designated for use with operator selected replicate control speci mens such as retained patient specimens overlapping control lots different shift control specimens different brand of controls precision check specimens etc Information pertaining to each replicate specimen currently being used is entered via rep files setup key and entered file number 1 through 9 Upper and lower range or mean limits values for each parameter up to 18 can be entered for each file In addition data can be copied from a replicate file into a designated control file Prior to data copy any run data in the designated control file must be purged using the QC mode purge key for that con trol To Use Rep licate Files Setup Key a With main screen displayed depress rep files setup key message Enter Replicate File 1t09 appears in system status box b Type replicate file number 1 to 9 new screen appears CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 61 Appendix B Go Back Replicate ID Multi Rule Modified Westgard Selection To change set cursor and depress ENTER key C f Rule 1 Value outside 3SD Rule
52. e 3Histogram Message Example Table 4Count Data Message Ex ample Figure 1RS 232C User Interface Module UIM Jumper Posi tion Abbott Laboratories 91996 Abbott Diagnostics Abbott Park IL 60064 Abbott Diagnostics is a wholly owned 04H34 01B May 1996 subsidiary of Abbott Laboratories 1 0 Search Book Go Back Introduction 1 1 1 2 This document describes fully the interfacing characteristics of the Abbott CELL DYN 1600 automated hematology analyzer when attached to a Host Definitions and Conventions Host external computer or data collection system System Abbott CELL DYN 1600 The specification follows guidelines adopted at the Biomedical Instrumentation Interface Standards Conference held at the University of Florida in December 1980 and at the University of Texas in Dallas April 1981 Signal designators and related characteristics follow EIA Standard RS232C as summa rized in The Handbook of Computers and Computing Seidman and Flores Van Nos trad Reinhold 1984 and Integrated Circuits Applications Handbook Arthur H Seidman John Wiley amp Sons 1983 Numeric equivalents of characters are shown as hexadecimal values Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 1 Search Book Go Back 2 0 Mechanical Interface 21 Connector arrangement The system provides a standard DB 25 female connector mounted on the side of the instrumen
53. or 82804344 a 4 B E 4 cm r Em 4 73 24 4 2 4 1102 A243 und E aTa LAB WD p ALL FERS CO AMD UM OHMS biw SE 8 AL ARE DET Hri SCHEMATIC SIGNAL PROCESSOR MODULE p 9630521 JE CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 53 Section 8 Search Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 4 a Ty I 7 EL L4 d Ee ee ee Ont eye Ei ii j ATDIESS Rt LE c B o Siri uum 1 pr M uM om Id I 4 T th MERR FA MM 20 75 To 6 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 54 Section 8 8 7 DEC iit EX a kr imo mig A 245 i z a DA waa ad 1 ae m EL Usb ED as I A uL m pp M A PP a T ae ani a ipe i p E mw zi i i gus gH
54. oy PLUG FITTING Sy oer O mwQ o 47 EZ 833104 TRANSDUCER 9 2 9310491 ranricLE TRAP 2506920 79 830044 BOTTOM 9142604 APERTURE RBC 8 35 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 Section 8 Search Back Schematics and Parts Layout E 5 8x 9210877 y 4a E8OBOSZ 4 m Cni io Tm met arr m ELS Wis ma 1 i FRATER hk SEO y 2 2154254 y 3 E FLA 14555 yo 780629 je FER ETD ESTE f aiy ERS HE LI M MEE PEM LED 12318 oe lr im EB fw gt ip Fue ds 2801529 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual vri 32 FII uem gi Hose iDNES 9211019 July 1993 8 36 T E 1 Section 8 Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout i argu t T ECT HO A43 1 fax s S5IDBZE LK LT 4X re ws
55. ple timing h Upon completion of WBC metering sequence HGB Reference is drained from HGB Flow Cell and sample is introduced and sample transmission is read Simultaneously the Pre Mix Cup is washed with saline CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 18 Section 3 Search Book Go Back System Description i Saline is transferred from the Pre Mix Cup to WBC Cup for flushing The RBC Cup is flushed with saline and the Sample Probe is washed and moved to the aspirate position 3 6 WBC and RBC Sample Timing Description Reference Figure 3 7 The sample timing in the CD1400 AND 1600 is controlled by two independent Metering Modules A description of the Metering Module is contained in Section 4 Figure 3 7 illustrates the WBC and RBC timing relationships There are various events which precede time zero and follow RBC Complete CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 19 Section 3 Search Book TOC Go Back System Description TIME SEC TIME SEC CLOG REGION DETECTOR MASKED FLOW ERROR REGION DETECTOR NOT MASKED LLL VALID MENISCUS REGION Figure 3 7 WBC RBC SAMPLE TIMING DIAGRAM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 20 Section 3 Search Book TOC Go Back System Description The WBC Sample Valve is opened at WBC Start and the sample sequence is complete after the RBC count The complete sample cy
56. times and print file Use the mode to mode calibration formula to calculate the calibration bias percentages Check the 96 bias for each parameter using Table 5 7 If all parameters are within the vali dation range no further action is required If any parameters require calibration continue with dilution factor determination for the closed mode Refer to paragraph 5 13 3 Mode to Mode Calibration Bias Table 5 1 MODE TO MODE CALIBRATION CRITERIA Validation Range Calibration Range Calibration Limit Cal Bias Cal Not Required Cal Needed Do Not Cal Y N WBC lt 1 75 gt 1 75 but lt 10 gt 10 lt 1 25 gt 1 25 but lt 10 gt 10 lt 1 25 gt 1 25 but lt 10 gt 10 MCV lt 1 25 gt 1 25 but lt 10 gt 10 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 45 Section 5 Table 5 1 Bias Search Book Back Validation Range Cal Not Required lt 3 50 Calibration Range Cal Needed gt 3 50 but lt 20 Alignment and Calibration MODE TO MODE CALIBRATION CRITERIA Calibration Limit Do Not Cal gt 20 Cal Y N 5 14 Diluent Syringe Calibration Block Adjustment Procedure a Refer to Figure 5 12 Loosen calibration block alien screw and remove knurled b Drive Syringe motor up using DEC Code 92 Adjust the plunger for a 1 5 gap between the top of the syring
57. zx se 3 45 TIE 5 4 KAHER coo ges i 228225242 B rot re TS in fam au sre Sich NEP mF 5 3 5 21 ic cm CHEM Abi cn div BES any TERMS 3 SFPORT JE HAE cet Amr AE ADIPI E do PUMP RELEY ragadna PCR 5 ASSEMALY POWER SUPPLY MECAAWCAL ERUNT a 7 permise ASTAL Coe BETREE ape e v AIL 8 4 1 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 12 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout N SEO 0 p m ASIY gum assy i NET mettus T 1 W rer Z1 a Ji dz ak PN BEES m sx ps AELH Ay i SEARE der Ale aane P 23 Juan assy TOP kl I mom 4557 di F n d A ie bee 4 ede AES BAT m asrori 7 daz ZEE PRIAN red EST ASSULO J RIA 45577 FUTT acl z
58. 083 channel 206 data 073 channel 210 data 073 channel 214 data 066 channel 218 data 054 channel 222 data 051 channel 226 data Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 Search Book TOC Go Back TABLE 3 HISTOGRAM MESSAGE EXAMPLE CONTINUED 051 channel 230 data 046 channel 234 data 034 channel 238 data 034 channel 242 data 034 channel 246 data 027 channel 250 data 000 channel 254 data E7 checksum ETX end of text Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 B May 1996 25 Search Book TOC Go Back TABLE 4 COUNT DATA MESSAGE EXAMPLE STX start of text PES message type 013 sequence no 777777777 specimen 10 a operator 10 04 03 86 specimen date 15 29 specimen time 00083 WBC count 00015 LYM count 00006 MID count 00062 GRAN count 00476 RBC count 00166 HGB value 00447 HCT value 00094 MCV value 00349 MCH value 00371 MCHC value 00118 RDW value 00230 PLT value 00084 MPV value 00019 PCT value Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 26 Search Book TOC Go Back TABLE 4 COUNT DATA MESSAGE EXAMPLE CONTINUED 00174 PDW value 00178 LYM value 00077 MID value 00745 GRAN value 0 moving average flag 0 R4 WBC flag 0 R3 WBC flag 1 R2 WBC flag 0 R1 WBC flag 0 LRI flag 0 URI flag 1 RO WBC
59. 1600 CRT Removal Cont d i Slide the CRT assembly forward out of the instrument chassis 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 38 Section 9 Back Service Model 1600 Main Power Supply uem CSA version To remove a Remove b Remove c Loosen two screws on CRT cover lift cover up and to the rear d Mark and remove all cables connected to the power supply e Mark cables using an indelible felt tip marker CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 39 Section 9 Back Model 1600 Main Power Supply Removal CSA Version Cont d Service f Remove the two main retaining phillips head screws at the bottom of the power supply using a phillips head screwdriver g Remove rear panel power supply retaining screws with il A PAIRS Nead CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 40 Section 9 Back Model 1600 Main Power Supply Removal CSA Version Cont d h Service Remove the power supply by lifting it up and out of the rear of the chassis Section 9 Back Service Model 1600 Switching Power Supply Removal To remove a Remove b Loosen two screws on CRT cover lift cover up
60. 4 24 Section 4 Search Back Circuit Description EXTERNAL COMPUTER PORT GRAPHICS E PRINTER PORT i TICK KEYBOARD ET TERNAL PRINTER PORT Figure 4 4 USER INTERFACE MODULE BLOCK DIAGRAM The Motorola 6809 micro processor is the E version The generation of the clocking signal is per formed by the circuitry labelled CLOCK on the module s block diagram This circuitry is composed of a 8 UHz crystal oscillator flip flops that divide the frequency and gates that produce the needed clock ing signals The CMOS RAMs are used to store the Operational Program once it is loaded from the Disk Drive It is also used to store program variables and the two stacks data The module has several INPUT OUTPUT PORTs They deal with the exchange of data with the following 1 Floppy Disk Drive 2 CCM 3 Keyboard 4 Terminal 5 Graphics Printer 6 Ticket Printer 7 Speaker 8 External Computer CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 25 Section 4 Go Back Circuit Description The Floppy Disk Drive circuitry is composed mainly of a Western Digital 2927 floppy disk controller The circuitry controls a 3 5 Floppy Disk Drive that is hidden but accessible behind one of the front panels of the CD2000 The Diskette that the customer receives with the instrument contains the Operational Program Patient Data logger Q C logger and other utilities These progr
61. 44mv Bile 39v MCV tL 80 97 80 97 9177 18 807 MCH pg 27 0 31 2 27 0 31 2 35 Pind 25 MCHC g dL 31 8 35 4 34 8 35 4 25 390 34 Platelets K uL 142 424 142 424 277 30077 25077 RDW 11 6 14 8 11 6 14 8 Source Therml H Pocket Atlas of Hematology and Bessman J D Automated Blood Counts and ifferential mv denotes mean value For adult black males and females normal RBC HGB and HCT is 5 less For children age 6 months to 18 years MCV value is approximately 75 08 x age in years For newborn s MCV is 88 114 and RDW is 14 9 18 7 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 1 D 2 3 For adult black males and females normal WBC is 2900 uL 7700 uL 4 5 6 9211019 July 93 B 36 Appendix B WBC LYM MID GRAN RBC HGB HCT MCV MCH MCHC RDW PLT MPV PCT PDW 0 09 9 0 ARON 334 6 2 0 21 16 7 Search Book Back K uL 34 9 L 8 1 M 57 0 G M uL g dL fL 10 GSD CASE EXAMPLE 1 RBC PLT 100 200 Cells Reference Differential Lymphocytes 39 Red Cell Morphology Anisocytosis Variant Lymphs Poikilocytosis Monocytes 3 Microcytosis EE h P Pi iei E asophils 6 olychromasia Neutrophils 48 Spherocytosis Bands Stabs 5 Target Cells Myelolcytes Toxic Granulation Metamyelocytes Hypersegmented Polys Promyelocytes N
62. 5 Section 5 Search TOC Back Alignment and Calibration CALIBRATION COMPLETE 5 13 3 DILUTION FACTOR DETERMINATION NOTE If the CD1400 OR CD1600 being calibated has a Cap Piercer Option the Dilution Factors for both the open and closed modes must be calculated and entered Steps b thru c must be performed in both the open and closed modes Ensure transducers have been cleaned and all reagents are correct Run reference blood sample 5 times on CELL DYN 1400 OR 1600 Calculate the mean of the 5 values for RBC WBC PLT HGB and MCV Using the measured mean values from step c and the reference values calculate the dilu tion factors for each parameter using the formula on the following page Reference Value Open X Present Dilution New Dilution Factor Measured Mean Closed Factor e Repeat steps a d using a calibrator with values for MPV to determine MpDIL Factor When performing dilution fator determination for the closed mode use the open mode for the reference 5 13 4 DILUTION FACTOR ENTRY a Enter first screen in CALIBRATION mode b Type 94043 on keyboard to access dilution factors CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 43 Section 5 Search TOC Back Alignment and Calibration Enter calculated dilution factor for each parameter to be changed three decimal places d Press RETURN to exit e From RUN menu r
63. 5 and 18 have a slight heterogeneous cells population analogues to the degrees of aniso cytosis from 0 to 1 A specimen with a uniform homogeneous red cells size population has a gaussian size distribu tion and normal RDW RBC CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 28 Appendix B Go Back A specimen with a mixed heterogeneous red cells size population has a wide or skewed size dis tribution and an increased RDW RBC 50 100 150 200 CLINICAL USEFULNESS OF RDW AND MCV Red cells distribution width RDW is determined from red cells size distribution Clinical significance of this parameter has been studied and published recent work by Bessman et al claims substantial improvement in the classification of anemias when the red cells distribution width is used as an indica tor of red cells heterogeneity Simultaneous review of MCV and RDW results can provide useful diag nostic information for red cells abnormalities Increased RDW results per Bessman et al are associated with the following Nutritional deficiency related to iron folate or vitamin B12 MCV is usually normal or low e Blood transfusion with resulting bi modal distribution CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 29 Appendix B Go Back CELL SIZE CLASSIFICATION low
64. 7 3 9 Value Field 15 The MCH Value is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 2 1 pg 3 2 x 0 6206 fmol 4 1 pg Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 13 Search Book Go Back 7 3 10 MCHC Value Field 16 The MCHC Value is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 1 g dL 2 0 g L 3 1 x 0 6206 mmol L 4 0 g L 7 311 RDW Value Field 17 The RDW Value is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 4 1 7 3 12 PLT Count Field 18 The PLT Count is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 0 K uL 2 3 0 G L 4 0 10E9 L Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 14 Search Book Go Back 7 313 MPV Value Field 19 The MPV Value is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 4 1 fL 7 3 14 PCT Value Field 20 The PCT Value is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 2 2 3 1 mL L 4 2 7 315 PDW Value Field 21 The PDW Value is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 4 1 10 GSD 7 3 16 LYM Value Field 22 The LYM Value is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 4 1 Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600
65. 8 Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout 8 A a 2 E 1 CANER P rs 94 2 7 2 0 24 FORMU BHT i es ESHT 1 CSHTTh ETWA SHT 1 Poms CAMT 1 LEHT 1 a e mamxuiu ee 12 1 7 5 4 3 1 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 45 ee Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 2 3 53 mum M has f i i i Pm 2B wh bo SL Z Pandi 437582 FAN 2 A L PO 382255 NU E Lh on ames RI RR n HEE KZ _ _ CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 3520552 9nE AP A sexsaB 9211019 July 1993 1 ee __ En pug RELER Pe LM 4 12122 NOTE CTS SPEDEN 9007 E fark PARASEL T pange RED PV Bo Ae SS L T EuTT4 8 46 Section 8 Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout
66. 84 Section 9 Back Service Model 1400 1600 Front Cater Removal TEET Disconnect the ground wire from the spade lug connec tor then lift off cover CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 85 Section 9 Book Go Back Model 1400 1600 Lower Front Panel Removal To remove Service a Loosen the thumb screw located to the left of the panel b Remove Front Cover c Slide the panel to the left then lift up and off 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 86 Section 9 Back Service Model 1400 Right Side Cover Removal To remove a Remove 2 screws using 2 Phillips screwdriver b Slide the cover to the right then lilt the cover away from the instrument NOTE Follow this procedure to remove the left side cover as well _ L 2 F LS un 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 87 Section 9 S 1 Go Service Model 1400 Right rower Front Panel Removal To remove a Remove Front Cover b Remove pan head screw located on the left side of the cover then remove flat head screw on the right side of the cover c Remove the cover from below the bezel cover should slip off 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service M
67. AC connectors on the CD1400 Pump Relay Module and Vacuum and Pressure Pumps have been changed to a different type and the Vacuum Pump is the new style Old pumps will work in the CD1400 but the new connectors will have to be spliced before they can be connected to the Pump Relay Module e The Cooling Fans are now powered by 12 VDC instead of 115 VAC There have been some minor changes on the Preamplifier Module to improve the noise immunity The CD1400 board will operate in the CD1600 and CD2000 but CD1600 and CD2000 boards may have PLT background problems if used in the CDI400 The Right Compartment is where most of the differences are in the CD1400 The MAM SPM CCD DCM UIM and Disk Drive are the same as those in the CD1600 and those that need calibration are calibrated in the same manner The following are descriptions of the new or modified assemblies The Switching Power Supply has a new assembly number because the cable and con nectors have changed The new supply is shipped with a mounting bracket and cables in place The Video Display now has a 9 inch CRT and the Graphics Logic Module has been re placed by the Video Display Module A detailed description of the VDM is included in Sec tion 4 Circuit Descriptions A noise filter has been added to reduce noise generated by the DC fans 3 4 Major Subsystem Descriptions To aid in understanding the overall system the electronic modules are divided into the following m
68. FRONT VIEW 8 8 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout Sache arr moe mn Cx ad aioe Py I mur AOSA Heese da 75 V nux sce mer TE ommum us EG clude zane ite ESEM MAE da da REV PER ECD _________ z LU as ROMS LEK S Eco sae 9574 7 was PER n b O py m De a3 dealers ee Gr 5491 Bo Es SRS rz MO T mum un az za EE ax 32 Hiec m 5 miia anang 2 5 EA s Ar 4 ee iure oe A AY edd 500 ti a SE liu pts B Eg BR EIs IXgdk og ge LAT a fac 24 7 254 1 4 j Jud 8 205 TL IE rae 4E 4 eget ee 4 Sry Sue AN Meter Suess abc tee fl ee SES coer IjghlT C wee RU E IOANE AAF ZBONS LR deta XA a E
69. Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 34 Section 6 Search Book TOC Go Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting External Waste Full The external waste bottle has filled Lyse Empty Detergent Empty Diluent Empty The indicated reagent has run out Invalid alarm set A bit was set in the fault message from the CCM that has no valid interpretation NOT ON ANY SWITCH After some mechanical motion a reading of all the position sensors indicates that none are activated This message does not necessarily mean that a mechanical fault has occurred Waste overflow into accumulators A reading of the sensor in the waste accumulator suggests there is liquid in the accumulator Vacuum Level Timeout There was a vacuum failure during power up or the instrument is unable to maintain vacuum level while in ready state Pressure Level Time out There was a pressure failure during power up CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 35 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Position fault A mechanical assembly is not in correct position for most recent function to be performed as indicated by position sensors Waste Empty Time out A time out fault occurred in draining one of the waste bottles Could also be a problem with positive pressure Error in flow system timing An enor in the timing of a flow script has occurred Histogram memory
70. IPLE IN a ASSEMBLY FLAD POWER SUL MECKANCAL 1 7 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 13 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout a T ato X pm D a oe PART OF u PEGASI abe 40 72 TuS 3m d EHEER Wave fx Agno CMAGCRWOGI a IG Pose E aso aep c2 at Bi Son VE IS B CASAS B wi ESI NDS CHEER zm 1 IR A CHES vaut eT 5 z 2 LLL IERI B CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 14 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout a 5 1 ar em n Bx doings LAPIS TES X d sms aes be ar FB N ar eae TT Ete du MCA f 77 RUCNE TUAE dir RED emi p ds BES PART OF FOR TEL PUM ag rz PAR OF u TEON TIAGOS 82 TD EEF St um 1 Cetin WE
71. Ignore initialize message and press Service Dec Code enter 130 and press Enter i Select motor 2 set direction to 0 set speed to 6 and move up 826 steps Note Screen will prompt for each entry The Enter key must be pressed after each number is entered j Loosen both Locking Screws and move Microswitch Assembly 4 to rearmost position k Select motor 3 set direction to 0 set speed to 6 and move CCW 245 steps Select motor 3 set direction to 0 set speed to 8 and move CCW 12 steps m Select motor 3 set direction to 1 set speed to 8 and move CW 6 steps n Move Microswitch Assembly forward until it just activates Level Microswitch Assembly ensure switch is activated and tighten Locking Screws p Select motor 3 set direction to 1 set speed to 8 and move CW 2 steps CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 67 Section 5 e Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration Verify switch is de activated if not select motor 3 set direction to 0 set speed to 8 move CCW 2 steps and readjust switch position as described in step N Repeat steps N through Q until switch is activated in step N and de activated in step Q Select motor 3 set direction to 1 set speed to 6 and move CW 117 steps Select motor 2 set direction to 1 set speed to 6 and move down 826 steps Initialize instrument by pressing Initialize button on right side 5 16 8 SAMP
72. Jul 29 1987 Type GAIN ADJ Operator I D Sequence WBC 18 4 G L LYM 4 7 R2 25 4 XL lt APPROXIMATELY 95 fi XMID 9 0 RM 48 7 WBC Figure 5 7 WBC GAIN ADJUSTMENS part A GRAN 4 8 R3 25 9 G CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 32 Section 5 Back Alignment and Calibration CELL DYN 1600 DIAGNOSTIC REPORT Jul 29 1987 CELL DYN 1600 Serial Operator I D UIM Disk Version 715 DEMO Sequence Command was 99 CCM Version 3 V0 11 05 05 87 CD1600p UIM ROM Version VER 3 11 5 26 87 WBC histogram data smoothing 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 17 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 i 1 0 0 0 33 9 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 49 1 1 2 2 4 4 6 7 9 13 16 24 33 44 53 65 65 75 83 92 96 98 100 100 99 98 98 95 93 91 87 86 81 83 81 80 78 77 75 74 72 69 67 62 61 58 55 52 49 97 47 44 43 41 38 36 35 33 32 31 32 33 34 34 35 36 113 37 37 37 36 35 34 33 31 27 24 20 17 14 10 7 5 129 4 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 145 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 161 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 177 1 1 2 i 1 i i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 193 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 209 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 225 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 9 0 0 0 0 241 9 0 0 9 0 9 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Peak of 100 is at channel 71 Figure 5 7 WBC GAIN ADJUSTMENTS part B m If not in Gain Adjust Mod
73. July 93 9 11 Section 9 Back Service Model 1600CS Front Cover Removal To remove a Unscrew the knurled retaining screw holding the CS system to the front of the instrument b Swivel the CS unit outward CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 12 Section 9 TOC Back Service Model 1600CS Front Cover Removal Cont d 1 Remove the single top retaining screw for the front cov P 4 er with a Phillips head screwdriver d To ease removal pull down on upper front panel before lifting it off CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 13 Section 9 Back Service Model 1600CS Front Cover Removal Cont d e Lift front upper cover up and away from the instrument f Disconnect the spade lugged ground wire connector at tached to the chassis behind the front panel g Lift off the upper front panel cover CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 14 Section 9 Back Service Model 1600CS Lower Front Panel Removal To remove a Remove Front Cover b Remove knurled retaining screw from lower front panel c Slide panel to the left and up and then down and off CAUTION BE CAREFUL NOT TO BEND THE PROBE DURING THIS PROCEDURE CELL DYN 1
74. LB 2 PLCS TIGHT 2 F8 i SET But OF TWO MIMDR 182 FROM TER i TORGWE SET i e Pi IW LG SET URING GAGE 420060 i TORGUE SCREW TO IM di AQUUGT MOTOR BERRO PALLAD LOOSEN ES T DE ED FOS BEARS PELD E LOCKKUT HOLD IC iT tuts i SET um ODab SIDE OF GAGE TOALE BCREw T 12 m IET as ANN NBBOTT Diagnostics Division po I 4 1 5 a a 7 6 5 i CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 24 Schematics and Parts Layout Search Book Back Section 8 t pe ox ux 7h o vm 3257 T r E pis P wor 4 gil EF TL ET 1 za I 5 82 at 3 EIE 2 INF 0 H i i t 5 za Pd APPLY DAE Linc LOCTITE LUT eA F4 TM ADS ST SONS ERO LY inp TEHTY HM 2805034 IN UE a Pin SPRUNG a ool oe PARTS 935012 REF z PROMI Ce EY 1 IM GXDOME HET
75. MENISCUS 2 CHECK SAM SOLENOID 3 INCORRECT VACUUM 1 CHECK VACUUM 2 ADJUST VACUUM 5 CLOG T1 MAX 1 DEF UPPER DET 1 CHECK UPPER DET T2 0 MENISCUS 2 REPLACE MET PCB SPEED OK 2 DEFECTIVE CDM 1 REPLACE CDM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 20 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Table 6 5 CLOG AND FLOW ERROR PROBLEMS Continued SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 6 CLOG T1 OK 1 DEF LOWER DET 1 CHECK LOWER DET T2 MAX 2 REPLACE MET PCB MENISCUS 2 DEFECTIVE CDM 1 REPLACE CDM SPEED OK 7 FLOW ERROR 1 DEF UPPER DET 1 CHECK UPPER DET T1 MIN 2 REPLACE MET PCB T2 MAX 2 DEFECTIVE CDM 1 REPLACE CDM 8 FLOW ERROR 1 DEF LOWER DET 1 CHECK LOWER DET T1 OK 2 REPLACE MET PCB T2 MIN 2 DEFECTIVE CDM 1 REPLACE CDM Table 6 6 MISCELLANEOUS PROBLEM SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 1 GARBLED 1 DEFECTIVE SPM 1 REPLACE SPM HISTOGRAMS 2 DEFECTIVE CCM 1 REPLACE SPM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 21 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting 6 7 CELL DYN 1400 1400CS Error Messages Error messages for the Cell Dyn 1400 1400CS systems are arranged by section on the following pages SECTION 1 Introduction SECTION 2 General Error Messages SECTION 3 Messages on the Main Menu SECTION 4 Messages on the Run Menu SECTION 5 Messages on the Calibrat
76. Manual9211019 July 1993 2 12 Section 2 Theory of Operation 2 10 Hemoglobin A simplified hemoglobin system is shown schematically in Figure 2 6 The concentration of hemoglo bin contained in the prepared sample is measured in grams per deciliter This concentration is propor tional to the absorbance of the light in the green 540 nanometer wavelength region The differential voltage developed between a clear reference solution in the flow cell and a prepared sample containing hemoglobin is representative of hemoglobin concentration A light path through the transparent flow cell is formed from the light source a 540 nanometer inter ference filter and a photodetector The output current from the photodetector which is proportional to the light energy received is amplified by the current to voltage amplifier and provides an output signal MEASURE REFERENCE T FLOW CELL AV DIFFERENTIAL VOLTS HGB VOLT LIGHT DET Ur 5 SOURCE 2V SAMPLE AMPLIFIER FILTER 1V MEASURE 540 NM SAMPLE REF 100 TOA NNNANAAX TIME Figure 2 6 SIMPLIFIED HEMOGLOBIN BLOCK IDAGRAM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 2 13 Section 3 Go Back System Description Section Table of Contents Introduction System Configuration Similarities and Differences CD1400 and CD1600 Major Subsystem Descrip
77. Needle Assembly and Leadscrew out of Cylinder Carefully unscrew Top Piston from Bottom Piston Figure F 15 Remove Needle Assembly and tubing from Bottom Piston Route new tubing into side and out top of Bottom Piston Connect tubing to bottom of Needle Assembly Pull tubing until Needle Assembly is seated against Bottom Piston and place Top Piston over Needle Assembly Carefully tighten Top Piston CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 21 Appendix C Search Back 23 Reinstall Piston Assembly in Cylinder In Service Dec Code 130 select motor 10 and press Enter Set direction to 0 and press Enter Set speed to 6 and press Enter Set steps to 999 and press Enter Piston should move down Press the softkey four times Piston should now be seated in Cylinder Replace and secure Needle Holder Guide Route silicon tubing through holes replace in solenoid 1 7 and reconnect to T fitting Replace and secure Cover Ensure that Switch Spring is aligned with Interlock Switch Replace Vacutainer Guide Replace and secure Sample Cover Replace and secure Cover Plate Initialize CD1600 and run Background Counts on Cap Piercer Verify that there are no leaks Run Reference Blood and verify precision and accuracy PROCEDURE COMPLETED CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 22 Appendix C Go Back
78. OF IRON DEFICIENCY Stage Iron Stores RDW MCV HGB Depletion Reduced Normal Normal Normal Heterogeneous Reduced High Normal Normal Microcytic Reduced High Low Normal Anemic Reduced High Low Low Marrow stainable iron ferritin or transferrin saturation CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 31 Appendix B Search Book TOC Go Back MORPHOPHYSIOLOGIC CLASSIFICATION OF RED CELL DISORDERS ANEMIA low normal MCV high HYPOPROLIFERATIVE DISORDERS RDW normal Chronic Disease Chronic Disease Aplastic Anemia NUTRITIONAL DISORDERS RDW high Iron Deficiency Early Iron Folate or Vitamin Folate or Vitamin B12 Sideroblastic B12 Deficiency Deficiency Sideroblastic Sideroblastic HEMOLYTIC DISORDERS RDW is increased p roportionally to degree of anemia RDW normal Thalassemia Trait or Carrier AS AC Non Anemic Chronic Non Anemic globinopathies Enzyme or Membrane Defects RDW high Thalassemia Intermedia or H Hb SS Hb SS Disease S Beta Thalassemia SS and Alpha Thalassemia ARTIFACTS Histogram A bnormal RDW high Red Cell Fragments Red Cell Fragments Post Cold Agglutinins Transfusion Hyperglycemia Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 32 Appendix B Go Back Source Adapted from Bessman G
79. PCT DTO4EHT2 2 bens 1 2 1 14 z 3 aig pad dw g Fil Pot CR Ra 9211019 July 1993 Schematics and Parts Layout 8 60 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 7 5 5 4 1 BPC 24 ejst RECO ul i i ti D D rem ew d anu Gi T CRI DES B A SCHEMATIC ake epee ee CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 61 Section 8 Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout CUm 78 PAY REL PER EDO eer ere AR C REY R ECO 2337 3 NOTES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ALL RESISTANCE VALUES ARE IN OHMS Maw 5 ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES ARE IN MICROFABADS eme x58 SEES ee DER adm 7 IE m 2 SALE DREAM eres de lam uum CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 62 Section 8 Search Book TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual ma esas pe _____ REL FER ECO 105
80. Press key WBC dilution is transferred to WBC Cup NOTE If there is a need to exit Gain Adjust Mode while performing this procedure such as constant clogs or improper dilution ratio return to RUN mode press SPECIMEN TYPE and press PATIENT SPECIMEN f Run the sample and observe the WBC histogram The peak MODE should be at approx imately 95 R Figure 5 7 NOTE The WBC count should be between 10 0 and 30 0 If the count is outside this range modify the dilution ratio of the latex particles exit Gain Adjust Mode and try again CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 31 Section 5 Search Back Alignment and Calibration Turn SMOOTHING ON and press WBC HISTOGRAM When the gain 15 adjusted prop erly the peak count of 100 is in channel 71 1 channel h Alternately adjust R4 and use the GAIN ADJUST TEST softkey to position the peak in channel 71 1 channel Turning R4 clockwise will increase channel number Figure 5 7 i Connect oscilloscope to TP6 RBC OUT and ground Set rope for lOmv division DC If you prefer you may use a DVM to make this adjustment j Adjust R11 RBC ZERO ADJUST so that the baseline of the noise signal is positioned at 0 00 volts 0 002 volts k Connect DVM to TP13 RBC DISCRIMINATOR and ground to TP9 l Adjust R71 RBC DISC ADJUST for 0 40 volts 0 01 volts CELL DYN 1600 SPECIMEN DATA REPORT
81. Process codes 65 66 68 67 71 68 75 70 77 76 Elapsed Time 68 4 seconds CCM UIM Version 3 0 11 05 05 87 1600 ROM Version VER 3 11 5 26 87 CELL DYN 1600 Count Test Data WBC RBC PLT Hgb Hgb Count 4922 Count 35238 RBC RER 29 8 Count 1610 0 Refernce 1925 Sample B93 Up time 1997 Max 2050 WBC Up Min 1997 Cnt time 4483 WBC Time out 5336 WBC Avg time 4480 Up time 4990 RBC Up Max 4990 RBC Up Min 4870 Cnt time 6917 RBC Time out 7323 RBC Avg time 6988 Flow Error 0000 4 53 T L gt gt gt gt mmol L 453 L L 100 L T fmol 4 1NVALID CELLS mmol L 5 2 x 250 4 59 T L gt gt gt gt mmol L 436 L L 95 L fmol mmol L 5 2 PROPER EDITING Figure 5 10 EDITING RATIO DISPLAYS CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 39 Section 5 Search Go Back Alignment and Calibration ah Turn SMOOTHING ON and press PLT HISTOGRAM When the gain is adjusted prop erly the peak count of 100 is in channel 136 1 channel ai Alternately adjust R15 and use the GAIN ADJUST TEST softkey to position the peak in channel 136 1 channel Figure 5 11 To exit Gain Adjust Mode enter RUN mode press SPECIMEN TYPE and press PATIENT SPECIMEN ak Enter MAIN menu press SPECIAL PROTOCOLS and perform REAGENT PRIME Approxim
82. RO or RM alerts activates when lysate modified white cells sizing data in region to left of 30 femo liters exceed normal criteria Alert usually correlates with presence of Clumped Platelets Macrocytic Platelets Nucleated RBCs Incomplete Lysis of Red Cells Cryoglobulins LYM R1 or RM alert activates when lysate modified white cells sizing data in region to left and or right of 35 femoliters exceed normal criteria Alert usually correlates with presence of CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July93 18 Appendix B Go Back Cryoglobulins Lymphocytosis Lymphopenia LYM R2 or RM alert activates when lysate modified white cells sizing data in region to left of 98f exceed normal criteria Alert usually correlates with presence of Variant Atypical Lymphocytes Lymphocytosis Lymphopenia Basophilia gt 5 Blasts Plasma Cells MID or MIXED REGION lysate modified mid size cells Extends from approximately 98fL to 135fL Cells in this area typically correlate to the mononuclear monocytes and the polymorphonuclear granu locytic eosinophils and granulocytic basophils Other cell types that could locate in this region are a granular neutrophils precursor cells blasts and plasmacytes MID R2 or RM alert activates when lysate modified white cells sizing data in region to right of 98fL exceed normal criteria Alert
83. SMOOTHING ON OFF EXAMPLE 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 MODOOHABOKOHOOOHANKHOH n y 3 9 9 9 o 9 i 5 7 0 9 9 0 1 2 1 100 RBC low current HH Ran data 4 6 Figure 6 1 6 5 LL Section 6 Search Book Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting IMPORTANT NOTE USE ONLY THE COMMANDS LISTED BELOW AND ALWAYS VERIFY THAT THE CORRECT NUMBER HAS BEEN ENTERED BEFORE INITIATING THE ACTION DO NOT USE ANY OTHER NUMBER OTHER MAT THOSE LISTED ENGINEERING COMMANDS EXIST THAT ARE NOT TO BE USED IN THE FIELD AND CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE INSTRUMENT IF USED IMPROPERLY ALWAYS RE INITIALIZE COMPLETE SYSTEM VIA RESET BUTTON AFTER SERVICE COMMANDS ARE USED TO ENSURE INSTRUMENT IS IN THE PROPER CONFIGURATION FOR OPERATION 6 4 2 SPECIAL SERVICE COMMAND LIST Number Function 01 Set DAC to 4 5 volts 02 Set DAC to 9 0 volts 15Prime Lyse 19 Fill Reagents 28 Inhibit Vacuum 29 Enable Vacuum 33 Measure HGB Sample 34 Measure HGB Reference 39 Background Count Current Off 70 Empty Lyse Pump 85 Probe Up and Away 86 Probe Down and Out CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 6 Section 6 Search Book TOC Go Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting 87 Probe Up Only 88 Probe Down Only 89 Sample Syringe Up 90 Sample Syringe Down 92 Diluent Syringe Up 93 Diluent Syringe Down 101 RBC Histogram Data Count 104 Displays CCM UIM
84. Supply Rear View 1600 Flow Panel Front View Assy Flow Panel CD 1600 Mechanical Front 2 of 4 Assy Flow Panel CD 1600 Mechanical Rear 3 of 4 Assy Flow Panel CD 1600 Tubing amp Fitting Front 4 of 4 Assy Fluid Power Supply Mechanical Front 2 of 4 Assy Fluid Power Supply Mechanical Rear 3 of 4 Assy Fluid Power Supply Tubing amp Fitting 4 of 4 Assy Reagent Interface CD 1600 2 of 3 Assy Reagent interface CD 1600 3 of 3 Assy Power Supply ETL 2 of 3 Assy Power Supply ETL 3 of 3 Assy Power Supply ETL 2 of 3 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 1 Section 8 TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout Assy Power Supply ETL 3 of 3 Assy Pump Syringe 10mL 2 of 3 Assy Pump Syringe 10mL 3 of 3 Assy Pump Syringe 100ul 2 of 3 Assy Pump Syringe 100ul 3 of 3 Assy Probe Sample Old Style Wash Block 2 of 6 Assy Probe Sample Old Style Wash Block 3 of 6 Assy Probe Sample Old Style Wash Block 4 of 6 Assy Probe Sample Old Style Wash Block 5 of 6 Assy Probe Sample Old Style Wash Block 6 of 6 Assy Probe Sample New Style Wash Block 2 of 6 Assy Probe Sample New Style Wash Block 3 of 6 Assy Probe Sample New Style Wash Block 4 of 6 Assy Probe Sample New Style Wash Block 5 of 6 Assy Probe Sample New Style Wash Block 6 of 6 Assy Transducer R
85. UIM 2 DEFECTIVE DISKDR 1 REPLACE DISK DRIVE 10 POSITION 1 MISALIGNED SWITCH 1 PERFORM ALIGNMENT FAULTS 2 DEFECTIVE SWITCH 1 REPLACE SWITCH AND PERFORM ALIGNMENT 3 DEFECTIVE CDM 1 REPLACE CDM 4 DEFECTIVE DR PCB 1 RUN MOTOR PWR TEST 2 REPLACE DRIVE PCB 5 DEFECTIVE SAMPLE 1 EXERCISE PROBE PROBE ASSEMBLY 2 REPLACE ASSEMBLY 6 DEFECTIVE MOTOR 1 RUN MOTOR PWR TEST 2 REPLACE MOTOR CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 15 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Table 6 4 DATA PROBLEMS SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 1 ALL RESULTS 1 15VDC 1 CHECK 15VDC 0 2 REPLACE PSM 2 HGB OK ALL 1 NO 100VDC 1 REPLACE PSM OTHERS 0 2 DEFECTIVE SPM 1 REPLACE SPM 3 DEFECTIVE PAM 1 REPLACE PAM 3 HGB O ALL 1 NO REFERENCE 1 CHECK PLUMBING OTHERS OK ASPIRATION 2 NO SAMPLE 1 CHECK PLUMBING ASPIRATION 3 DEFECTIVE PAM 1 CHECK PAM TP2 2 REPLACE PAM 4 DEFECTIVE DCM 1 CHECK DCM TP5 2 REPLACE DCM 5 DEFECTIVE FLCELL 3 REPLACE FLOW CELL CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 16 Section 6 Diagnostics Troubleshooting Table 6 4 DATA PROBLEMS Continued SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 4 ERRATIC DATA 1 BUBBLE MIXING 1 CHECK BUBBLE MIX ALL PARA INCORRECT PRESSURE 2 CHECK PLUMBING 2 INCORRECT PROBE 1 CHECK PROBE H
86. Up Min 1997 WBC Cnt time 4492 WBC Time out 5064 WBC Avg time 4486 REC Up time 6000 RBC Up Max 4990 REC Up Min 4870 RBC Cnt time 0 RBC Time out 7323 RBC Avg time 6988 Flow Error 0401 RBC upper meniscus was not detected at a valid time e ERROR Figure 6 2 RAW DATA REPORT EXAMPLE CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 9 Section 6 Search Go Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting 6 6 CD 1400 and CD1600 Troubleshooting Guide The following table is a troubleshooting chart containing the symptoms probable causes and correc tive actions for the most common problems encountered on the CD 1400 and CD 1600 The probable Causes and corrective actions are arranged in descending order from most likely to least likely When troubleshooting a problem start with the lowest number first If possible thoroughly verify that a compoment is defective before replacement Some problems can be verified visually most can be verified with a DVM and some problems require an oscilloscope Although a may not always be required it is recommended that an oscilloscope be available on all CD 1400 and CD1600 service calls When troubleshooting DATA PROBLEMS only the measured parameters RBC PLT WBC HGB and MCV should be used for reference Using the calculated parameters can become confusing when trying to isolate a problem When troubleshooting CLOG AND FLOW ERROR PROBLEMS refer to Figu
87. adjustable to various baud rate from 9 2 kilobaud down and programmable for various data formats The circuitry is used to communicated with an External Computer CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 26 Section 4 Back Circuit Description 4 14 Graphics Logic Module GLM Circuit Description 1600 only The GLM is the digital controller for the CRT It receives serial display data from the UIM This data is then processed and put in a format which can be accepted by the Monitor Driver Module The GLM supplies the following to the MDM a 12 VDC b Video Signal Vertical Sync Signal 2 Horizontal Sync Signal Ground 4 15 CRT Assembly Circuit Description The CRT Assembly consists of the Cathode Ray Tube CRT Monitor Driver Board and Video Ampli fier The Monitor Driver Board and Video Amplifier supply the final drive to the CRT The adjustments for the following functions are located on the Monitor Driver Board a Vertical Size VR603 Vertical Linearity VR604 Vertical Hold VR601 Horizontal Size L702 Horizontal Linearity L703 Brightness VR701 Focus VR702 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 27 Section 4 Back Circuit Description 4 16 Battery Speaker Module BSM Circuit Description Reference Figure 3 4 The BSM consists of a
88. and to the rear c Remove d Loosen three alien screws with a 7 64 allen driver do not remove the screws e Free ground wire by removing the screw located above and to the left of connector J8 f Disconnect the cable connector through the power dis tribution board before completely removing the switch ing power supply from the chassis g Lift the switching power supply up and then out of the chassis After replacement S 1 Fe Verify the Bs 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 Section 9 Back Service Model 1600 Logic Module Board Removal To remove a Remove Top Cover b Loosen two screws on CRT cover lift cover up and to the rear c Remove tandem four pin cable and five pin cable from the board d Remove eight phillips head screws securing the board to the top cover e Lift board out of instrument CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 43 Section 9 1 Service Model 1600 Preamplifier Removal To remove a Remove Front Cover b Remove Bezel To remove the preamplifier first loosen the lower screw a s of the latch bracket with a Phillips head screwdriver d Loosen but do not remove the top two and the two right hand screws on the preamplifier housing assembly 5 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manu
89. appears to change the effect of the lytic action on the cells membrane Diff screen results for 1 specimens collected for 5 to 20 minutes or longer than 8 hours or 2 refrigerated specimens that were run before they were sufficiently warmed often gave a compressed histogram with the GRAN cells shifted into the MID and LYM regions and had one or more region alerts activated CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 22 Appendix B Go Back WBC HISTOGRAM OBTAINED FROM SPECIMEN COLLECTED FOR 10 MINUTES WBC 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 However diff screen resets obtained when these specimens were run immediately within 5 minutes or from 30 minutes to 4 hours after collection correlated well to differential data obtained from a stained smear Diff screen results showed little or no difference between specimens kept at room tem perature and specimens refrigerated but brought to room temperature before mixing and running WBC HISTOGRAM OBTAINED FROM SPECIMEN COLLECTED FOR LESS THAN 40 MINUTES CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 23 Appendix B Go Back WBC HISTOGRAM FROM SPECIMEN COLLECTED FOR 40 MINUTES 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 DIFF SCREEN DATA CAN BE AFFECTED BY ORIFICE PROTEIN BUILD UP Orifice protein bulld up can change cell sizing resolution Use of soft lyse reagent
90. at time of fault 4 Process elapsed time 2780 ms Switch 1 check NOT ON ANY SWITCH CCM ROM Version 3 V1 05 04 22 88 CD1600 UIM ROM Version VER 3 11 5 26 87 MPM ROM Version V1 0 10 13 87 Figure 5 16 LOWER SWITCH 1 FAULT REPORT CELL DYN 1600 DIAGNOSTIC REPORT Oct 11 1988 16 46 CELL DYN 1600 Serial Operator I D UIM Disk Version 1 12 Sequence 772 Position Fault Fault data 00 02 00 OD 52 35 00 OC E4 ED CD 32 FF 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 O1 Cksum 32 EB 22 bytes received Process number 53 Step number at time of fault 2 Process elapsed time 3410 ms Switch 2 check NOT ON ANY SWITCH CCM ROM Version 3 Vi 05 04 22 88 CD1600 ROM Version VER 3 11 5 26 87 MPM ROM Version V1 0 10 13 87 Figure 5 17 UPPER SWITCH 2 FAULT REPORT CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 54 Section 5 Search Book TOC Go Back Alignment and Calibration CELL DYN 1600 DIAGNOSTIC REPORT Oct 11 1988 14 36 CELL DYN 1600 Serial 8 Operator I D UIM Disk Version 1 12 Sequence P 771 Position Fault Fault data 00 07 00 19 FO 31 00 02 1C DD 77 33 FD 00 00 00 OO 10 00 00 00 01 Cksum 78 34 22 bytes received Process number 49 Step number at time of fault 7 Process elapsed time 6640 ms Switch 3 check On switch es 2 top CCM ROM Version 3 V1 05 04 22 88 CD1600 UIM ROM Version VER 3 11 5 26 87 MPM ROM Vers
91. by the pulse height the SPM RBC PLT signal This data is then loaded into the LS569 counters with a 125 ns pulse The signal DMW Direct Memory Write is then gen erated by another LS175 F F U2 The DMW signal is a 1 us pulse that is used to control the data write back B While DMW is high a 500 ns pulse is generated to increment the 16 bit counter and thus count the cell having this particular size CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 17 Section 4 Back Circuit Description C The output of the counters is enabled onto the internal PHM data bus The PHM Write Enable signal WE is brought low to strobe the output of the counter back into the PHM at the latched address specified by the pulse height and the SPM RBC PLT signal 4 INTERFACE TO MICROPROCESSOR BUS The COM firmware presents address to the PHM via two LS244 s U16 U17 and reads the 16 bit PHM output data via two LS374 s U30 U31 It should be noted that only 15 bits are used for the cell count Thus the CCM is designed to handle a maximum of 32 767 counts 7FFF hex in any one channel 4 6 Metering Module Circuit Description References Figure 3 2 Schematic page 8 61 Both RBC and WBC count times are measured by a precision glass metering tube in conjunction with two infrared optical detectors CR3 Q1 and CR4 Q2 The volume of liquid within the metering tube between the upper a
92. clear The CCM was unable to clear a location in the pulse height memory Invalid UIM command sent to CCM The UIM sent a command to the CCM that the CCM was unable to interpret CCM program RAM memory The CCM detected a failure in its RAM CCM MPM message fault An error in CCM MPM inter processor communications occurred A fault was generated in an attempt to send receive motor or other command to from MPM or the MPM was unable to perform the function CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 36 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting One of the following statements may also be displayed MPM to CCM message transmit error Command to be sent to MPM is incorrect Abnormal time out no MPM response Fault response from MPM Incorrect command to be sent to MPM Attempt to send MPM a new cmd while busy No such script in ROM or RAM Unexpected response from MPM Unknown fault CCM UIM message fault An error in UIM CCM inter processor communications occurred No Response from CCM The CCM is not functioning or the signal cable connecting CCM and UIM is faulty or disconected DCM fault A fault was detected during power up check of the DCM board CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 37 Section 6 Search Book Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting 6 8 CELL DYN 1600 Error Messages The soft
93. data 000 channel 14 data 000 channel 18 data 029 channel 22 data 034 channel 26 data 054 channel 30 data 080 channel 34 data 093 channel 38 data 080 channel 42 data 071 channel 46 data 063 channel 50 data Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 Search Book TOC Go Back TABLE 3 HISTOGRAM MESSAGE EXAMPLE CONTINUED 041 channel 54 data 032 channel 58 data 029 channel 62 data 027 channel 66 data 034 channel 70 data 039 channel 74 data 037 channel 78 data 037 channel 82 data 041 channel 86 data 046 channel 90 data 046 channel 94 data 046 channel 98 data 049 channel 102 data 054 channel 106 data 058 channel 110 data 063 channel 114 data 066 channel 118 data 066 channel 122 data 066 channel 126 data 068 channel 130 data 073 channel 134 data 078 channel 138 data Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 B May 1996 23 Search Book TOC Go Back TABLE 3 HISTOGRAM MESSAGE EXAMPLE CONTINUED 080 channel 142 data 073 channel 146 data 075 channel 150 data 083 channel 154 data 083 channel 158 data 088 channel 162 data 090 channel 166 data 095 channel 170 data 110 channel 174 data 110 channel 178 data 105 channel 182 data 100 channel 186 data 093 channel 190 data 085 channel 194 data 078 channel 198 data 078 channel 202 data
94. depress enter key to store data and advance cursor Repeat this process until all values are entered and acceptable then go to next step For REPLICATE SPECIMEN MEAN VALUES use the following 1 Run specimen 3 times with replicate file X selected 2 Print QC summary report for replicate file X 3 Enter printed mean value for each parameter In this situation no diff screen percent values print For REPLICATE SPECIMEN LIMITS use ONE of the following 1 Enter 2 times the printed SD for replicate file X or 2 Enter limits for normal commercial control or 3 Enter the following CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 63 Appendix B WBC LYM MID GRAN RBC HGB HTC MCV MCH MCHC RDW PLT Search Book Go Back 00 0 00 5 00 0 00 0 01 0 15 0 00 0 00 0 00 5 10 0 00 0 00 0 01 5 20 0 0 00 0 12 00 0 00 4 00 0 01 5 00 003 00 0 01 5 00 0 01 7 00 0 01 5 000 020 00 0 01 5 00 0 01 0 00 0 01 5 i Printout required YES NO Depress print key Go to next step j Another control setup required YES NO Depress return key new screen and labels appear then depress return key again to return screen to main control setup screen Repeat steps b to j for each control as required Depress return key new screen and labels appear then depress return key again to return to main control setup screen CELL DYN 1600 14
95. describe the purpose of the Clean Sampler softkey 1 3 PIERCER CONFIGURATION References Figures F 12 thru F 19 The Cap Piercer is comprised of the following major assemblies 1 Needle Drive Assembly Needle Drive Motor J and Stepper Driver PCB Sample Pump Motor K and Stepper Driver PCB Waste Pump Motor L and Stepper Driver PCB Sample Transfer Cup Sample Detector Sample Aspirate Needle Backflush Solenoid 1 7 Saline Inlet Solenoid 1 8 Needle Drain Solenoid 2 8 Sample Transfer Cup Drain Solenoid 3 8 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 5 Appendix C Back 1 4 PIERCER FUNCTIONAL SEQUENCE DESCRIPTION References Figures F 1 thru F11 The following is a description of the functions performed by the Cap Piercer during a normal sample cycle The sequence begins when the Start Switch is depressed and ends when the CD1600 returns to the Ready mode CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 6 Appendix C Search Back 1 The Needle is moved up 560 steps until top hole is inside vacutainer allowing vacutainer to return to atmospheric pressure The Sample Transfer Cup is simultaneously drained to remove any accumulation of saline at bottom of cup Figure F 1 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 7
96. disconnected begin discon necting cables First disconnect cable connector J1 from pump relay board part no 9601440 m Unplug connectors J1 and J6 from the pump relay board 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 Section 9 Back Service Fluid Power Supply Removal Cont d S m EB T i E n Disconnect three pin cable connector from internal 4 waste sensor Proce ar Slide fluid supply assembly to the left of the instrument and the key hold slots until the screw heads clear the openings p Lift fluid power supply directly up and out of the instru ment After reassembly Perform Vacuum Pressure Adjustments para 5 5 and verify all Count Times para 5 6 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 921101 Section 9 Search Book Go Back Service MPM Board Removal To remove a Remove Top Cover b Loosen the two retaining screws holding the top inner cover and swivel it upward and to the rear c Unplug all cable connectors leading to the MPM board Connectors J12 J13 and J14 will not be present if the unit is not equipped with a cap piercer module d Compress standoffs and remove board from top cover After board replacement Perform the motor power test L x Es F CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 78 Secti
97. discriminator U17 distinguishes between noise and cell signals Each time a cell signal is detected the output of the discriminator goes high closing an analog switch allowing only cell pulsed to be integrated by U25 The integrator U25 is used to determine the area under the signal envelope of each cell pulse The output of the integrator and buffer amp is kept at a DC level and represents the area A in the equation The signal goes to the inverting input of comparator U17 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 8 Section 4 Search Back Circuit Description When the DC level of H is greater than the DC level of A the output of the comparator will be high The output of the comparator goes to one input of a nand Gate U22 The other input is tied to the output of the first one shot U20 When the comparator is high indicating a valid cell signal and the one shot pulses high the output of U22 will pulse low generating a cell strobe The cell strobe signal goes to the Signal Processor Module SPM After the cell strobe pulses low a second one shot pulses and resets the flip 021 and discharges the integrator capacitor on U28 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 9 Section 4 Back Circuit Description Figure 4 3 SPM BLOCK DIAGRAM 4 4 Signal Processor Module SPM Circuit Descripti
98. fiag 0 spare field gt spare field 04862 WBC lower time 02363 WBC upper time 08107 RBC lower time 07656 RBC upper time 00000 recount lower time 21845 recount upper time 1 units set 9B checksum Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 27 TOC Go Back TABLE 4 COUNT DATA MESSAGE EXAMPLE CONTINUED ETX end of text Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 B May 1996 28 Search TOC Go Back e L 0 JUMPER BLOCKS FOR SETTING UP RS 232C ON UIM RS 232 CONN 25 PIN RECEIVE DATA PIN 3 RD TRANSMIT DATA 40 2 ATS Hoe CS eee m PIN 5 CTS J m J PN 20 DTA L PULLUP E3 E CARRIER DETECT R n 31 3 PN 6 058 PIN 8 CD eel E1 PIN 4 RTS Figure 1 RS 232C User Interface Module UIN Jumper Postion part A Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 29 Search TOC Go Back B 10 D 600 F 0 H 2400 E K 4800 M 9500 RS 232C BAUD RATE NOTE Jumper plugs are installed at the factory at the following locations E1 A C B D F H K M amp L N E2 L M Figure 1 RS 232C User Interface Module UIN
99. in a numeric field five 5 characters long It gives the time in units of milliseconds It has a value of 0 if there was no recount Recount RBC Upper Meniscus Time Field 39 The Recount RBC Upper Meniscus Time is in a numeric field five 5 characters long It gives the time in units of milliseconds It has a value of 0 if there was no recount Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 B May 1996 18 Search TOC Go Back 7 3 34 Units Set Field Field 40 The Unit Set is in a numeric field of one character Its value is 1 for Standard USA units 2 for SI units 3 for Modified SI units HGB MCHC in mmol L in fmol and 4 for Modified SI units HCT PCT in TABLE 1 HISTOGRAM MESSAGES Field Description Length Paragraph 1 Message Type 3 6 2 2 Sequence No 3 6 3 3 Specimen ID 9 6 4 4 Operator ID 2 6 5 5 Specimen Date 8 6 6 6 Specimen Time 5 6 7 7 Scale Factor 5 7 2 1 8 Channel 2 Data 3 7 2 2 71 Channel 254 Data 3 7 2 2 Not including double quotation marks Add two characters to obtain total number of characters between commas Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 19 Search Book TOC Go Back TABLE 2 COUNT DATA MESSAGE Field Description Length Paragraph 1 Message Type 3 6 2 2 Sequence No 3 6 3 3 Specimen ID 9 6 4 4 Operator ID 2 6 5 5 Specimen Date 8 6 6 6 Specimen Time 5 6 7 7 WBC Count 5 7 3 1 8 LYM Count 5 7 3 2 9 MID
100. keyboard and press Enter key The test will run approximately 45 seconds When completed results will be displayed on CRT Compare results displayed on screen with nominal values lined on Figure 5 19 Ensure all values fail within specified ranges Note Motor B 2 and motor C 3 are the sample probe motors be within spec before continuing with this procedure 5 p 5 16 3 LOWER MICROSWITCH 1 ADJUSTMENT a Locate connector J20 on CDM PCB b Slide connector back to slightly expose pins CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 61 Section 5 d D a3 q 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration Connect DVM leads to pins 2 amp 3 orange red wires Ensure cable is still in contact by toggling switch off on Deactivated 5 00V Activated 0 00V From diagnostic screen press Service Dec Code Key enter 129 and press Enter Select motor 2 press Enter set Run to 1 and press Enter set Idle to 1 and press Enter Press Enter to exit utility Ignore Initialize message and press Service Dec Code enter 130 and press Enter Select motor 2 set direction to 0 set speed to 6 and move up 800 steps Note Screen will prompt for each entry The Enter key must be pressed after each number is entered Select motor 2 set direction to 0 set speed to 8 and move up 40 steps Loosen both Locking Screws and move Micr
101. mi iz EH T ru Re m n d m E i E ABBOTT Diagzsatles Division A Jim ee fs p Ee desc su r EM um m F4 5 1 any parar en 7 ha Dai S d RU i m 252 Pe em L ome a oo mA Sat pm pe b n t A gt m F d mo 4 TX nb x a a m Pip i P CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 31 Schematics and Parts Layout o gen 9511555 8 32 Sf 1 QA afk m IM n ul 3 i h in p a i i a i NE i SRV T2 CECI M FAR GOL b Sm 315 LG a 4500579 ARM UIRORE gt o hn 5300515 p Ep MT RL PRBE 3604 ee id l REF SPEC uf 24 9150182 M 3331073 Hia Won ee HOLDER SAKTI FEDAL W 44 EOM i 1 i 28016 42 i d EM REF A 5 x LED TEN BODEGA SEM PAN PHIL 2 56 7506 Hy m D gt qd at uoi ETS __ lt am E s 5 Can Sen EDGE ms R
102. needle drive assembly from the housing After reassembly Perform Motor Power Test para 5 14 3 zu CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 63 Section 9 Book Back Service Model 1600 Peristaltic Sample Pump Removal E The waste peristaltic pump is removed using the same procedure To remove a Loosen knurled screw on front of cap piercing module and swing the module outward b Remove four mounting screws from shield c Remove tubing leading from the sample pump to the sample detector at the detector d Remove the tubing from behind the peristaltic pump e Disconnect the five flow panel retaining screws 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 64 Section 9 Search Book Back Service Model 1600 Peristaltic Sample Pump Removal Cont d f Lift flow panel out of instrument and unscrew two screws holding the sample pump to the flow panel housing g Lift sample pump from housing p EN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 65 Section 9 Search Book TOC Go Back Service Model 1600 Peristaltic Sample Pump Removal Cont d h Unplug connector J2 from chopper driver motor After reassembly Perform Motor Power Test para 5 15 3 Verify CS precision para 5 13 2 Verify Open Closed Calibration para 5 13 6 1600 1
103. or crimps in the lyse dispense tubing caused by the normally closed valve when power is turned off can result in lyse being dispensed to slowly Incomplete insertion of lyse tubing in nor mally closed valve can reset in lyse dripping into the bath alter lyse dispense is complete To correct these situations 1 remove and clean syringe or replace syringe with new syringe 2 remove lyse dis pense tubing from normally closed valve roll it between your fingers and reinsert it securely in valve or replace tubing with new tubing CELL DYN 1500 dispense 1 2mL of lyse into blood and diluent pre diluted in a ratio of 1 250 The 1 2 3 timing of this process is optimized to provide accurate diff screen results It should be noted that the cell membrane of the pre diluted cells are slightly affected by the diluent resulting in a slightly different lytic action from CELL DYN 2000 To optimize results and minimize false R alerts for CELL DYN 1500 the amount of lyse dispensed can be adjusted via calibration lyse volume mode If the lytic action is too fast histograms are compressed shifted to the left the amount of lyse dispensed should be decreased If the lytic action is too slow histograms are elongated spread out the amount of lyse dispensed should be increased CONTROL DIFF SCREEN RESULTS ARE NOT AFFECTD BY LYSE REAGENT The lyse reagent has little or no effect on control diff screen results To date all controls with diff screen results ha
104. order to slide the assembly forward Loosen the other two e Disconnect tubing from T connector at top of solenoid 5 6 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 72 Section 9 h Go Back Service Fluid Power Supply Cont d f Disconnect tubing from solenoid 5 1 Tubing for sole noid 5 1 is located directly above the reagent panel at the left hand side of the instrument g Remove tubing from accumulator bottle CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 73 Section 9 Book TOC Fluid Power Supply Removal Contd Service h Disconnect waste line from internal waste sensor This tubing is disconnected from the waste fitting on the re agent panel i Disconnect tubing from vent fitting 1 600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 74 Section 9 5 h Book Go Service Fluid Power Supply Removal Cont d j Remove clamp and plug from accumulator line and withdraw tubing through rear of accumulator or reagent panel k Locate tubing from double pressure pump Follow it from the pressure pump through the T fitting to the check valve to fitting at rear of solenoid 1 6 Disconnect it CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 75 Section 9 Search Book Back Service Fluid Power Supply Removal Cont d Once the tubing has been
105. s 7 a 5 4 Fae 1 4 TO SAMME CUP 54 48 J 38 23 e SAMPLE RS m m 545 55 SALINE am L auc noe rz RED TUBS DIAGRAM Lert REG CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 40 Section 8 Search Book TOC Back Schematics and Parts Layout 7 4 a 1 Cable Distribution Module p 7o et Motor Processor Module mz Motor Processor Module Toms Motor Processar Module F Pld 4520477 Pus 520 PANEL FLOW 9211291 1 ae P 5 5 4 3 2 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 41 Section 8 Search TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 22 5 4 3 5450040 20 MOETE dee Eer EO maur n a t uU TAM n amp llibw 2 Site De rates KOTAS UNLESS SPECIFIED ee 1 muss Don 82 12 HUST Durey TUANG 1 i m Dl ES a 5 a CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 42 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout z 3 me Fe ____ 4
106. selected by the aperture current select signal The purpose of duel amp levels is to maintain a RBC output signal that is below saturation in the high current mode and still has adequate amplification during the low current mode Both amplifier levels are adjustable CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 4 Section 4 Back Circuit Description The PLT final stage is adjustable and should be set to a level 3 3 times greater than the RBC level The Self Test signal generator receives test signals from the Device Control Module DCM which are TTL level pulses going from high to low After passing through inverting amps and attenuators the test signals are injected to the second stage of the WBC and RBC PLT amplifiers During self test the inputs of the WBC and RBC PLT differential amps are shunted to prevent cell signals from coming in This switching is done independently by the WBC SELF TEST RBC SELF TEST and PLT SELF TEST signals from the DCM PCB CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 5 Section 4 TOC Go Back TY I N HEIGHT AREA 8 A TUMBLING AN IX D c COINCIDENCE EDGE EFFECT Figure 4 1 CELL PULSE CLASSIFICATION Circuit Description CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 6 Section 4 Search TOC
107. signal EOC high Upon the completion of the A D conversion EOC returns low and EOC RBC PLT and 9 bits of AID conversion data are sent to the CCM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 11 Section 4 Back Circuit Description 45 Cell Count Module CCM Circuit Description References Figure 3 2 Schematic pages 8 53 8 54 8 55 4 5 1 INTRODUCTION The primary function of the CCM is to count the cell pulses presented to it by the SPM Signal Pro cessing Module The CCM can be otherwise considered a general purpose microprocessor based process controller Thus the CCM consists of two main sections 1 the cell counting logic and 2 the microprocessor related circuitry The cell counting section is a DMA Direct Memory Access approach to the counting and storing of cell pulses per channel into the histogram data storage memory At the end of the sampling interval the CCM program then reads out the accumulated counts per channel in the pulse height memory PHM The microprocessor section of the CCM has a 6809E microprocessor ROM RAM and an interface LSI I C VIA The VIA is used to interface to the UIM or other external device computer It also provides a real time clock and outputs for the on board LEDs The ROM on the CCM is used for program storage This program is the process control logic dedicated to controlling the measurement process for the instrum
108. speed to 8 and move CCW 12 steps Select motor 3 set direction to 1 set speed to 6 and move CW 240 steps Move Microswitch Assembly forward until it just activates Level Microswitch Assembly ensure switch is activated and tighten Locking Screws Select motor 3 set direction to 0 set speed to 8 and move CCW 2 steps Verify switch is de activated if not select motor 3 set direction to i set speed to 8 move CW 2 steps and re adjust switch position as described in Step N Repeat steps N thru Q until switch is activated in step N and de activated in step Q Select motor 3 set direction to 0 set speed to 6 and move CCW 113 steps Select motor 2 set direction to 1 set speed to 6 and move down 826 steps Initialize instrument by pressing Initialize button on right side CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 66 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration 5 16 7 RIGHT MICROSWITCH 4 ADJUSTMENT a Locate connector J23 on CDM PCB b Slide connector back to slightly expose pins Connect DVM leads to pins 2 8 3 orange red wires d Ensure cable is still in contact by toggling switch off on Deactivated 5 00V Activated 0 00V e From diagnostic screen press Service Dec Code Key enter 129 and press Enter f Select motor 3 press Enter set Run to 1 and press Enter set Idle to 1 and press Enter g Press ENTER to exit utility h
109. the solid state relay and turns on the pump An inhibit signal from the microprocessor during a sample measurement or a contracted position of the vacuum sensing bellows permitting light transition across the optical switch will cause a logic low at the junction of CR1 and CR2 and inhibit pump operation CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 23 Section 4 Back Circuit Description In the absence of a desired and preset level of vacuum or pressure the state of the bellows causes an interruption to the light path of the optical switch Assuming the Microcomputer inhibit signal is a logical high the pump is actuated The increasing vacuum or pressure is detected by the bellows causing contraction or expansion until the light path across the optical switch is reinstated and pump operation is inhibited The GREEN LED 051 in the collector circuitry of Q1 illuminates during a pump enable state and serves as a Diagnostic Test indicator 4 13 User Interface Module UIM Circuit Description References Figure 3 1 Figure 4 4 Schematic pages 8 68 8 69 8 70 8 71 The User Interface Module is a micro processor based circuit board The micro processor that it is based on is a Motorola 6809 The board also contains EPROM S CMOS RAMS INPUT OUTPUT circuitry and associated address decoding circuitry CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993
110. three distinct subpopulations of the white cells is possible only when specially formulated reagents are used Lysing agents were originally invented to rapidly eliminate red cells allowing the white cells to be accurately counted on electronic cell counters These conventional lysing products destroyed the cell membrane of all the cells present leaving the intact nuclear material As aresult of this harsh lytic action a new type of lysing product that is softer than the conventional lyse and leaves the white cells essentially in tack was developed This new lytic agent permeates the cell membrane causing the cytoplasm to diffuse through the cell membrane which shrinks around the nuclear material nucleus and when present granules The size of each white cell obtained after addition of this new less harsh lytic agent is referred to as a lysate modified cell size and does not relate to the actual cell size Thus lysate modified white cells containing granules have a larger size in comparison to a granular mononuclear cells CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 14 Appendix B Search TOC Go Back RELATIVE WHITE CELL SIZE ON STAINED SMEAR Basophil fonocyte Eosinophil 11 0500004 LYSATE MODIFIED WHITE CELLS SIZE Basophil Monocyte Eosinophil When specimens having a no
111. tubing from rear of solenoid no 17 e i With a 7 64 allen driver remove the four retaining screws holding the needle drive assembly and the switch to the left j Slide needle drive assembly upward and out of the unit It may be necessary to work the needle drive assembly from side to side in order to work it out of the enclosure PNE mcs 27 ua 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 60 Section 9 arch Back Service Model 1600 CP Needle Drive P ASSmbly Removal Cont d k Remove tubing from T fitting Disconnect the tubing that comes through the rear of the flow panel and then connects to solenoid 28 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 61 Section 9 Search Book Back Service Model 1600 CP Needle Drive Assembly Removal Cont d m Remove four mounting screws from shield n Disconnect cable from connector J2 on Chopper Driver Board No 9600424 Cel Lum af 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 Section 9 Search Book Go Back Service Model 1600 CP Needle Drive Assembly Removal Cont d Feed connector J2 through hole in panel toward front on instrument It may sometimes be necessary to partially remove the left peristaltic sample pump in order to remove the con nector from the front panel p Remove the
112. was an overflow in one of the pulse height arrays histograms CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 40 Section 6 Search Go Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Electrode Voltage During a measurement the voltage on the guard electrode was out of the acceptable range Messages Appearing In The Status Box Time out after N Min A measurement took longer than the maximum allowed time usually meaning that the CCM has ceased to function N is the number of minutes that were allowed No Data To Print The operator requested a print out on the ticket printer or the graphics printer when there were no valid data Messages appearing in place of count times also in printouts Flow Err During metering for the given cell type a meniscus was not detected or was detected at an unexpected time Clog The count time for the given ceil type was out of range Messages appearing near the WBC differentials also in print outs R1 R2 RM One RO R1 or R2 or more RM region alerts are in effect for the lymphocyte count CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 41 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting R2 R3 RM One R2 or or more RM region alerts are in effect for the monocyte count R3 R4 RM One R3 or R4 or more RM region alerts are in effect for the gramulocyte count
113. white These signals control cell counting see below When the LED is on the DMA cell counting circuitry is active The LED DS4 is programmed to give a rough indication of the rate at which pulses are being generated by the SPM The LED DS5 is used to indicate that a self test is in progress 4 5 3 Direct Memory Access Section 1 Pulse Height Memory Two HM6116 2K by 8 static memory devices U15 and U14 are used to store the pulse height counts The two memory devices are electrically set up as 2k bytes by 16 bits of addressable memory Fur thermore this memory is divided into four functional blocks of 512 16 bit words In normal operation these blocks hold the WBC RBC low current Platelet and RBC high current counts per channel The PHM is unique memory in several important ways First of all the CCM program can only read the memory or clear the memory it cannot store values into the memory except for zero by clearing it Also the CCM program is blocked from reading the PHM memory while a DMA is in progress The DMA circuit on the other hand can read and write the memory directly but it can only transfer data to and from the 16 bit cell pulse counter Read write control of the PHM is performed by an LS158 018 which acts as MPU address selector 2 CELL COUNTERS The cell count values stored in the PHM are incremented by the four 4 bit counters U29 U28 U27 U26 These counters are cascade
114. width of each channel is a follows RBC 1 00 cubic microns WBC 1 37 cubic microns PLT 0 137 cubic microns Since the RBC has a 1 1 relationship is will be used as an example Figure 2 5 is a drawing of a smoothed RBC histogram and an exploded view of the raw counts per channel of the peak portion of the histogram section A If we compare Figure B with Figure A we can see the relationship of channel data to the actual histogram shape The raw counts increase with volume on the leading edge and decrease on the trailing edge CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 2 11 Section 2 TOC Go Back Theory of Operation We can also see that channel 92 contains the highest raw count Since RBC has a 1 1 relationship channel 92 equates directly to an MCV of 92 cubic microns From the data accumulated in all channels we can also derive RBC count and Hematocrit WBC and PLT histograms are generated in the same manner and are used in various equations to derive other calculated parameters A description of all CD1600 parameters is contained in the Operators Reference Manual A B SMOOTHED RBC HISTOGRAM SECTION A RAW COUNTS PER CHAN SECTION A 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 VOLUME CUBIC MICRONS CHANNEL ONE CUBIC MICRON PER CHANNEL Figure 2 5 HISTOGRAM GENERATION CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service
115. 00 Pics PLCS i IN LETZ as 4 WERL Tame Pec So a ET OMeIGE UD i TAS of VL ik LETS ALES T rm LOWER EO C ALIAM P i MAL 1 TD i pertum lt lt GAP TO cz T 0 0 ps wb eC FLSA A PONE CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 33 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout a i m 3 Ime mens 1 3 1 SEE ant 5 D E 222 edo zT Sem is E E 5 ra un e 25 D I r Dia Division gar pam See ES ASSY a Nw it pe saaman PROSE SAMPL oS a a aon ieee he a GR CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 34 Schematics and Parts Layout 39 FEM 20 i iseareh Book TOC Go Back 2i Ty ES EE LEE Tr um FLAT cx Ll m 93 0866 SubPORT 330057 SHAFT a CLAMP 2801274 5 77 Lj 28053843 6 m 9300370 LEVER C 53 N SAMPLE cur if
116. 00 1600 SYSTEM IN COMMON WITH ALL MEDICAL LABORA TORY INSTRUMENTATION CAN BE EXPOSED TO BIOHAZARDOUS MATE RIAL DURING NORMAL USE CORRECT LABORATORY PROCEDURES SHOULD BE FOLLOWED AND PRECAUTION EXERCISED TO REDUCE THE RISK OF BIOHAZARD EXPOSURE PERFORM ME FOLLOWING DECON TAMINATION PROCEDURE PRIOR TO SERVICING THE INSTRUMENT SEE SECTION 9 SERVICE FOR DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PM 7 3 Gathering Background Information Prior to beginning the PM procedure on a Cell Dyn Hematology Analyzer some information on the current status of the instrument is required The following questions should be reviewed with the cus tomer responsible for the instrument 1 Are there any current problems with the instrument Yes No 2 Does the customer verify the instrument is currently calibrated to the laboratory s satisfac tion Yes No CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 7 3 Section 7 Back Preventive Maintenance 3 Does the instrument display any chronic or intermittent hardware computer or plumbing problems Yes No Cust Svc Eng Date This form to be attached to the PM data Customer Name Date Address Inst S N City State Zip Phone Service Tech 7 4 Materials Required PM Kit List at back of procedure Tool Kit Screwdrivers Alien Wrenches etc DVM Oscilloscope Tie Wraps CELL DY
117. 00 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 64 Appendix B Book Back USE OF X B FILE SETUP KEY Dr Brian Bull it al first develop the X B moving average or Bull mean QC program in 1974 to monitor instrument calibration drifts as each patient specimen was run His program is based on the relative stability of the red cell indices and analyzes data in batches of 20 patient specimens Calculated data for each new batch is compared to an established X B target and limits to determine when the X B batch data is acceptable To eliminate bias from grossly abnormal specimen results data acceptance limits are set via X B file setup screen to automatically exclude these specimens from the program These data acceptance limits as well as the X B program target means and limits are reviewed or changed via V B file setup key To Use X B File Setup Key a With main screen displayed depress X B file setup key new screen appears ACCEPTANCE RANGE TARGET LIMITS MCV 55 0 125 0 89 0 3 MCH 20 0 40 0 29 5 3 MCHC 24 0 44 0 33 5 3 b Values acceptable YES Depress setup key returns screen to main setup screen NO Set cursor to entry and type new number When new number is less then 3 digits depress enter key to store data and advance cursor to next entry position Repeat steps b until all values are entered and acceptable then depress setup key to return screen to main setup screen
118. 00 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 Section 3 Search Book Go Back System Description Signals from the upper and lower detectors on the RBC PLT and WBC metering modules are converted to TTL levels by comparators on the CDM The signals are then routed through the DCM to the CCM where they are used to control RBC PLT and WBC sample timing The HGB analog signal from the flow cell is input to the PAM where it is amplified and routed to the DCM The HGB signal is then measured and converted to a digital format by a voltmeter A D converter The digital value is then sent via the CCM DCM data bus to the CCM for final processing 3 4 3 SOLENOID AND MOTOR DRIVE SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION Reference Figure 3 3 Solenoid control commands reside in firmware on the CCM These commands are sent to the DCM and then to the CDM where they are multiplexed to the appropriate SDM The SDM then provides the current drive to open and close individual solenoids Stepper Motor commands are handled in much the same manner as stated above However the final multiplexing of the Stepper Drive PCB s is controlled by the MPM There are one vacuum and two pressure levels in the CD 1400 AND 1600 A description of each is as follows a System Vacuum 9 Hg is used to transport Saline Detergent and Waste throughout the instrument Vacuum regulation is controlled by an electromechanical regulator b RBC WBC bubble mixing is performed by 5 P
119. 019 July 93 B 10 Appendix B TOC Go Back HISTOGRAMS A PRESENTATION SIZE DISTRIBUTION DATA CELL DYN 1500 2000 provide plotted size distribution data referred to as histograms for each of the three types of blood cells WBC RBC and PLT Histograms graphically show 1 Average size of cells within a specific cell population 2 Distribution of cells around a mean 3 Presence of significant subpopulations Histogram data is derived by accumulat ing the impulse magnitude of each cell RED CELL SIZE DISTRIBUTION as it passes through the sensing zone MEAN MEDIAN MODE Data for each cell type are sorted and stored in 256 sizing channels The accu mulated data in each channel is ized for relative count and plotted onthe RBC axis Size data is referenced to fem toliters and plotted on the X axis Nor 50 100 150 200 malized plotted data does not reflect the actual count The histogram of a speci men with a high cell count will generally iui cis SIZE DISTRIBUTION look the same as one with a normal or __ MEDIAN GEOMETRIC MEAN low count Red cells size distribution data normally has a minimal right skew PLT while platelets size distribution data is f lognormal with definite right skew 2 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 a CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 11 Appendix B Search Book Go Back R
120. 08 MET A REV PER ECO 12652 gt 5y 55 9 252 word OUT ET SER OHMS 57 OFF v ee NOTES UNLSS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ov ALL RESISTANCE VALUES ARE ee ee __ PRESSURE ____ ___ mex REGULATOR SCHEMATIC 7 _ 9211019 July 1993 8 63 Section 8 Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout Lb MOT USEN ors ya fae names iy 00292 E REV PER 12998 ram HOTES ULE L ALL BRESIBTOR ues ARE EJ OHNE Mow 5 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 64 Section 8 Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout oo PER 12210 EAE PER eve far 4 DH ho PRES SLU BACKFLUSH Fe PRES 4 TG LUSH BUMS SRE MATIC FUMP RELAY m mc E LL 585309 amp 2 630560 5 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 65 ____ Back Schematics and Parts Layout rum 7 1 5 5 4 3 9630920 B T Wa n SRE NEL s n Cis DATA c c CLE
121. 1 Introduction This section includes preventive or scheduled maintenance procedures and checklists for the Cell Dyn 1600 1400 The procedures in this section must be performed biannually This section provides a list of all Cell Dyn 1600 field replaceable parts modules PCB s and assemblies This list is organized by major areas circuit boards pump assemblies etc to facilitate its use in identifying part numbers Further it is organized by sub assembly Each part indented to the right reports to the assembly above in the left hand column 7 2 Safety Precautions This section contains warnings and cautions that must be followed for your protection and to avoid damage to the equipment WARNING SOME OF THE SERVICE PROCEDURES DESCRIBED IN THIS SECTION MUST BE PERFORMED WITH PROTECTIVE COVERS REMOVED THESE PROCEDURES SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY BY SERVICE TRAINED PERSONNEL WHO ARE AWARE OF THE HAZARDS INVOLVED FOR EXAMPLE FIRE EXPLOSION ELECTRIC SHOCK AND BIOHAZARD MOST SERVICE PROCEDURES CAN BE PERFORMED WITHOUT POWER APPLIED TO THE SYSTEM DISCONNECT POWER AT THE WALL OUTLET BEFORE SERVICING BEFORE ANY REPAIR S COMPLETED MAKE SURE THAT ALL SAFETY FEATURES ARE INTACT AND FUNCTIONING AND THAT ALL GROUNDED PARTS ARE CONNECTED TO THEIR PROPER GROUNDING TERMINALS CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 7 2 Section 7 Search TOC Go Preventive Maintenance THE CD 14
122. 11019 July 93 B 59 Appendix B Book Back Lot number entry acceptable YES Goto next step NO Type log number up to nine digits and depress enter key stores data and advances cursor Accepts only numeric entry d Expiration date entry acceptable YES Goto next step NO Type expiration date requires 2 digits per entry see control vial or assay sheet e Multi Rule selection acceptable YES Goto next step NO Set cursor at rule requiring change and depress enter key Repeat this process until all rule selections are acceptable then go to next step f Range or Mean Limits Review YES Depress range or mean limits key to display new screen then go to next step NO Depress return key to return to main control setup screen g Values acceptable YES Goto next step NO Set cursor at entry location and type new number When entered number is less then 3 digits depress enter key to store data and advance cursor Repeat this process until all values are entered and acceptable then go to next step h Printout required YES Depress print key CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 60 Appendix B Book Back NO Go to next step i Another control setup required YES Depress return key new screen and labels appear then depress return key again to return screen to main control setup screen Repeat steps
123. 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 2 9 Section 2 Theory of Operation VOLUME WET LIGHT A DRY TRANSFER THRESHOLD LIGHT REFLECTED Figure 2 4 MENISCUS DETECTION In the absence of liquid as shown in state A the metering tube contains air and reduces the transfer of light by the refraction of the glass walls and the density of the air within the glass tube CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 2 10 Section 2 Back Theory of Operation With reference to state the metering tube 1 filled with liquid The level of refraction is reduced by increase in optical density of the liquid and a small increase in light transfers results A third state will momentarily occur during the transition of the meniscus through the light path As shown in state B the light transfer efficiency is greatly reduced when the light path is deviated by refraction as well as reflection qualities of the concave meniscus It is this phenomenon that serves as a leading edge detector When two detectors are placed along a fixed length of a precision bore metering tube the volume of sample can be measured by sensing of a start count at the first detector and a stop count at the second detector 2 9 RBC WBC And PLT Histogram Generation As stated previously each parameter has 256 individual sized channels available The
124. 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 7 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration d Adjust R16 on Regulator PCB for 5 PSI 0 0 05 e Remove gauge and reconnect silicon tubing to in line connector 5 5 4 PRESSURE VERIFICATION HIGH a Locate Waste Backfill Pressure Pump and follow tubing that is routed to Plow Panel to check valve Refer to component location diagram b Remove tubing from ether end of check valve and connect a 0 30 PSI gauge in line with check valve and tubing Enter the RUN mode while observing the gauge press CLEAR ORIFICE NOTE It may require as many as four CLEAR ORIFICE cycles to activate Pressure Pump d When pump activates verify a pressure of no less than 4 PSI If pressure is less than 4 PSI check for leaks and if necessary replace Pressure Pump 5 5 5 VACUUM ADJUSTMENT 8 in NOTE This is a coarse adjustment only The fine adjustment is predicated upon metering system count times 5 6 Make this coarse adjustment only if there is reason to believe mat the vacuum is grossly misadjusted a Locate the mechanical Vacuum Regulator mounted on the rear of the Reagent Panel CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 8 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration Remove Tygon tubing from the top of the regulator and connect a 0 30 Hg gauge in line with tubing and regu
125. 1993 6 23 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting An error occurred while the heads of the disk drive were being returned to track zero This usually indicates a bad disk UIM timeout on message type N The UIM sent command N to the CCM and received no response within the allotted time This usually means that the CCM has stopped functioning UIM CCM message error N The UIM sent a command to the CCM and received back a faulty echo of the command N 253 ora response that contained a checksum error N 254 Receiver Error N When the UIM was expecting an event message from the CCM it received a message header that was not the header for event messages N 253 or a message with a faulty checksum N 254 2 2 Messages appearing in the status box Not Ready See DIAGNOSTICS The CCM has detected a serious fault in as own operation and has gone uninitialized Timeout after A measurement took longer than the maximum allowed time usually meaning that the CCM has ceased to function N is the number of minutes that were allowed Waste Full CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 24 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting The external waste container is full or sensor cable from waste container is not connected to instrument Lyse Empty Detergent Empty Diluent Empty The instrument has run o
126. 2 2 Consecutive values outside same 250 Rule 3 2 Consecutive values outside opposite 250 Rule 4 2 or 3 Consecutive values outside same 250 Rule 5 4 Consecutive values outside same 250 Rule6 12 Consecutive values on same side of mean Commercial Control Specimen YES Goto next step NO Display replicate id key to display replicate ID enter Type replicate specimen identifi cation number accepts up to nine digits and depress enter key to store data and advance cursor Go to step e Lot number entry acceptable YES Goto next step NO Type log number up to nine digits and depress enter key stores data and advances cursor Accepts only numeric entry Expiration date entry acceptable YES Goto next step NO Type expiration date requires 2 digits per entry see control vial or assay sheet Multi Rule selection acceptable CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 62 Appendix B Search Back YES Goto next step NO Set cursor at rule requiring change and depress enter key Repeat this process until all rule selections are acceptable g Range or Mean Limits Review YES Depress range or mean limits key to display new screen then go to next step NO Depress return key to return to main control setup screen h Values acceptable YES Goto next step NO Set cursor at entry location and type new number When entered number is less then 3 digits
127. 2 8 volt battery which provides backup for the clock chip on the UIM and a speaker which generates the audible tone 4 17 Power Supply Module PSM Circuit Descriptions References Figure 3 5 Schematic page 8 73 Transformer T1 and associated circuitry generates 24VDC unreg and 12VDC unreg for the Solenoid Driver Modules SDM1 SDM2 The solenoids are activated by 24VDC and held by 12VDC Bridge rectifier CR1 and voltage regulator 02 generate 100VDC which is used as Aperture Current Bias Voltage This voltage is adjusted by potentiometer R4 Bridge Rectifier CR2 and Voltage Regulators Q3 Q4 provide 15 VCD analog voltage for the MBM The PSM also supplies 115VAC to the SPSM Fans and PRM 4 18 Switching Power Supply Module Circuit Description The Switching Power Supply generate the following voltages a 5VDC DIGITAL CIRCUITRY b 24VDC STEPPER MOTOR 12VDC ANALOG CIRCUITRY CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 28 Section 4 TOC Go Back Circuit Description d 12VDC ANALOG CIRCUITRY The Switching Power Supply also generates a Power Fail Detect PFD signal which disables the microprocessor and clock chip on the UIM in the event of a power failure and prevents good data from being overwritten The 5 VDC is adjusted by R39 All other voltages are fixed The voltages generated on the Switching Power Supply are routed to th
128. 33 inverting bi directional buffer for the data bus and two LS244 octal buffers U34 U35 for the address bus Address decoding is done by four LS139 2 to 4 decoders 023 021 A 555 timer U12 is used for the 6809E power up reset The 6809 may also receive an external RESET signal via pin 14 on the edge connector This is the system wide RESET There is also RESET switch on the CCM 51 this push button switch resets only the CCM 3 PROM The EPROM used on the CCM 037 is either 2764 or a 27128 for by 8 or 16K by 8 of program storage respectively A strapable jumper selects the EPROM type 4 RAM The program RAM used on the CCM 036 is either an HM6116 or a HM6264 or equivalent for 2K by 8 or 8K by 8 of program data storage respectively A strapable jumper selects the RAM type 5 VIA Versatile Interface Adapter The LSI interface used on the CCM is a 6522 VIA U13 This device performs a number of functions as described below CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 14 Section 4 Back Circuit Description A CCM Real Time Clock One of the two 16 bit timer counters in the VIA is used for the CCM real time clock This time base is always programmed to 1 millisecond in current applications it presents a repetitive FIRQ interrupt to the 6809E All process control functions e g flow system timing stepper motor motions sensor scann
129. 400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 66 Section 9 Search Book Back Service Model 1600 Chopper Driver Board Removal To remove a Loosen knurled screw on front of cap piercing module and swing the module outward b Remove four mounting screws from shield c Unplug connector from chopper driver board d Using a 1 4 nut driver unscrew the two standoffs hold ing the chopper driver board to the housing e Lilt chopper board off plate After reassembly Perform Motor Power Test CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 67 Section 9 Search Go Back Service Model 1600 Lyse Peristaltic Pump Removal To remove a Remove Left Cover and Top Cover b Loosen the two retaining screws holding the top inner cov er and swivel it upward c Unplug ribbon cable connector part no 9520446 from rear chopper board driver d Remove two screws holding lyse pump panel to chas sis e Press lever to free tubing and remove tubing from around peristaltic pump f Remove two screws holding peristaltic pump assembly to housing 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 68 Section 9 Back Service Model 1600 Lyse Peristaltic Pump Removal Cont d g Unscrew solenoid 4 2 directly above peristaltic pump h remove pump lift pump panel up as far as it
130. 400 and 1600 U9 and associated circuitry provide constant current for the WBC transducer R35 adjusts WBC con stant current WBC guard voltage is supplied by U6 NOTE WBC guard voltage is not used on the CD1400 and 1600 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 3 Section 4 Back Circuit Description U4 and U7 provide initial amplification of the RBC PLT and WBC transducer signals The output of the HGB Flow Cell is amplified by U1 and U2 HGB offset is adjusted by R5 and HGB gain is adjusted by R12 4 3 Main Amplifier Module MAM Circuit Description References Figures 3 2 4 1 4 2 Schematic pages 8 50 8 51 Consists of the following major circuits differential amplifier and main amplifier RBC PLT differential amplifier and main amplifier RBC final stage amplifier PLT final stage amplifier Self test signal generator and controller Pulse editing circuit 5 p The WBC signal from the WBC pre amp is received by the WBC differential amp amplified by the main amplifier then DC restored by U4 before the final buffer amplifier The signal then goes to the Signal Processor Module SPM The RBC PLT composite signal from the RBC PLT pre amp is received by the RBC PLT differential amplifier is amplified the DC restored by U8 and split to the RBC and PLT final stage amplifiers The RBC final stage amplifier has two amplification levels which are
131. 5 13 Internal Factors Adjustments 5 131 DISCUSSION The CELL DYN 1400 AND 1600 measures six parameters directly All other parameters are either derived from the histogram data or are calculated from other parameters The six measured parame ters RBC WBC PLT MCV HGB and MPV will require adjustments of internal factors to compensate for slight dilution and metering inaccuracies These factors reside on me disc and are preset at me fac tory Changes repairs or alignment to the dilution system sample valve metering system or measure ment electronics will require that these factors be recalculated and reentered to the software The six factors are labeled RDIL RBC WDIL WBC PDIL PLT MCV HDIL HGB and MpDIL MPV To determine these factors afresh reference blood sample or calibrator is required 5 13 2 PRECISION VERIFICATION PROCEDURE a Enter MAIN menu and press QC Press REPLICATES 1 THROUGH 9 and press 9 Press PURGE REPL then press PURGE this clears Replicate 9 Return to RUN menu and press SPECIMEN TYPE Press 9 to select Replicate 9 In the RUN mode run the reference sample 10 times Return to the QC menu and observe the data in Replicate 9 Verify that CV results for each parameter do not exceed the ABSOLUTE WITHIN SAM PLE limits shown on page 2 4 of the Operator s Reference Manual CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 42 sa
132. 600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 15 Section 9 Book Back Model 1600 Bezel Removal To remove Service a Remove Lower Front Panel b With Phillips head screwdriver remove the inside left retaining screw c Remove the outside bezel retaining screw CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 16 Section 9 Book Back Service Model 1600 Bezel Removal Cont d d Remove bezel Lift out from bottom and up e Remove spade lug ground wire 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 Section 9 Search Book Go Back Service Model 1600 Bezel Removal Cont d f Remove cable connector connecting instrument to front panel If necessary cut tie wrap holding cable CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 18 Section 9 Book Back Model 1600 Right Cover Removal To remove Service a With a Phillips head screwdriver remove the two lower we right side panel retaining screws b Slide the right cover to the rear of the instrument C Lift the cover off the instrument P du 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 Section 9 Search Book Back Model 1600 Left Cover Removal To remove Service a With a Phill
133. 9 July 1993 6 28 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting SECTION 5 Messages on the Calibration Menu 5 1 Messages appearing in place of measured parameters FE C A flow error FE or a clog C occurred during the measurement LRI URI MRI A region alert lower upper or multiple occurred during the measurement of platelets 5 2 Message appearing in place of a calibration factor gt lt measured values for the given parameter were not close enough together for adequate calibration 5 3 Messages appearing on line 4 Count Overrange During a measurement there was an overflow in one of the pulse height arrays histograms 5 4 Messages appearing in the status box CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 29 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Timed Out A measurement took longer than the expected time usually indicating that the CCM has ceased to function On the CD1400 this message can also occur during calibration of the lyse pump Enter RUN MENU to Prime The operator attempted to begin calibration on an instrument that is not primed Cannot Do If Uninitialized The operator of a CD1400 attempted lyse calibration on an instrument that was not initialized Unable to set Volume Unable to set the Lyse volume to be used during sample processing because the CD1400 is not initialized
134. A count test was stopped either by the operator or because of a fault detected by the CCM Fix then press CLEAR ALARM An operator correctable fault condition was detected Process Monitoring Aborted A process was stopped by the operator by use of the asterisk key MESSAGES APPEARING ON VARIOUS PARTS OF THE SCREEN Printer Time out The printer output option was ON and the printer did not print a requested report in the expected time Code N is invalid The operator has entered a command for the CCM whose numeric value exceeds 127 The value entered was N Cannot do this function The operator has attempted to issue a command to the CCM that cannot be executed because of a pending fault condition WBC meniscus detection RBC meniscus detection During the most recent count a meniscus was not detected or was detected at an unexpected time CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 48 Section 6 Search Book Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting WBC count time out clog RCE count time out clog During the most recent count a clog occurred Guard electrode voltage warning During the most recent count the guard electrode voltage was out of range CCM pulse height memory saturation warning During the most recent count there was an overflow in one of the pulse height arrays histograms External Waste Full The external waste bottle has filled Lyse Empty Deterge
135. AL VALVE SPARE SPARE PERISTALTIC PUMP SPARE NEEDLE SAMPLE PUMP WASTE PUMP COMMAND Oa Alignment and Calibration DIRECTION DOWN ASPIRATE UP DISPENSE UP DOWN CCW TO RBC CUP CW TO PRE MIX CUF DOWN ASPIRATE UP DISPENSE CCW DISPENSE CW ASPIRATE CCW DISPENSE CW REVERSE UP PIERCE DWN WITHDRAW CW ASPIRATE CCW CLEAN NOT USED CCW WASTE OUT CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 58 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration MOTOR SPEED COMMANDS COMMAND SPEED IN STEPS PER SECOND 1 50 2 75 3 283 4 300 5 166 6 200 7 250 8 10 9 151 10 222 11 25 12 182 13 100 14 125 15 91 16 67 17 111 Figure 5 21 MOTOR EXERCISE PROGRAM Service Dec Code 129 References Figure 5 21 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 59 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration This code allows the Run and Idle power levels to be set when exercising a stepper motor The four levels are 0 Full Power 1 Medium Power 2 Low Power 3 Off Service Dec Code 130 This code allows me direction speed and number of steps to be set when exercising a stepper motor These commands are shown in Figure 5 21 5 16 CD1600 Sample Probe Alignment Procedures 5 16 1 OVERVIEW The following procedures provide step by step instruct
136. ATEX SPHERES 5 0 or 5 01 DIA LATEX SPHERES 3 31 DIA 10 HEMOSTATS 11 500 ML FLASK OR BEAKER CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 2 OONDORWN A a a lt lt lt lt Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration 12 AR 13 1 14 AR 15 AR 16 1 17 1 18 1 19 AR 20 AR 21 AR 22 1 23 1 SILICON TUBING STANDARD TOOL KIT FRESH BLOOD SAMPLES WITH REFERENCE VALUES ASSAYED CONTROLS FOR CELL DYN 1600 20K OHM 1 RESISTOR 15K OHM 1 RESISTOR 10 ML GRADUATED CYLINDER 40ul PIPETTES 100ul PIPETTES 50ml VIALS 25 GRADUATED CYLINDER INCH RULER WITH 1 16 INCREMENTS 5 3 Preparation for Alignment Calibration The following procedure should be followed to prepare the CELL DYN 1400 and 1600 for alignment calibration a Verify all reagents are correct and available in sufficient quantities to perform 100 150 cycles on the instrument b Remove cosmetics front panel electronics panel left and right side covers and top cover Remove and clean both RBC PLT WBC aperture plates per the procedure the oper ators Manual Section 7 4 d Clean HGB Flow Cell per the procedure in the Operators Manual Section 7 3 Auto Clean Procedure CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 3 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration Re initialize instrument and prime the system Obs
137. ATION INTERNAL DILUTION FACTOR ADJUSTMENTS DIL FACTORS m WHOLE BLOOD KEYBOARD CALIBRATION n MODE TO MODE VERIFICATION CS INSTRUMENTS ONLY 5 5 Vacuum and Pressure Adjustments 5 5 1 DISCUSSION The CELL DYN 1400 and 1600 utilizes one vacuum and two pressure levels to accomplish the task of moving sample reagents and waste bubble mixing of sample backflushing RBC and WBC orifices The vacuum and bubble mix pressure are adjustable by a solid state regulator The backflush pressure is not critical and the pump is under direct computer control The solid state regulator has two input ports P1 for pressure and P2 for vacuum It also has jumper terminals which allow it to accommodate all desired vacuum and pressure ranges The jumper positions are CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 5 Section 5 1 A B 2 C D 3 E F 4 G H The same basic procedure is used to adjust both models Search Book Back Pressure PSI 0 0 3 0 2 5 5 1 4 3 6 6 6 0 8 0 Alignment and Calibration Vacuum HG 0 0 6 0 5 0 10 2 8 6 13 2 12 0 16 0 5 5 2 PIEZO REGULATOR ALIGNMENT CELL DYN 1600 1400 This offset adjustment must be performed with no pressure or vacuum applied to the regulator a Disconnect the appropriate pumps on the pump relay module e J4 for low pressure e J2 and J3 for vacuum on old style pumps e J2 for vacuum on new style pumps b Remove the pressure or vacuum l
138. Ag qu H WES SG ind ND LEFI BEN WES EW I PIT EM r1 Ji ale ee URP ee xard SR mun HA I Chr ME TET IM Hr WHC E EST Eiki E SE 52 T Fil EFI 21 gagaan ela afer nm a lll PPP ERER si ES oemet 526 120 209 1 O peweres NS Bu COSTE newrzs sowpua n A DEMCTES MO CCINELTION Am MM _ __________ 7 g a CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 73 ee Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 7 4 3 SE 1 Se rs 88 i l E 8 m gt ee Eas Je Um 7 H TER I TF rit D F i EY 7 D apt x A e m rn 67 n x FOR ic OPERATIC 2 MET WIRES TAMET it i i i a 1 Loenen SUR POSS ONL 1 54 x1 Sr Sw was La HP 1 XE Fume vail i a TO FAN 1 i 1 ad TH fam
139. BC Assy Transducer WBC Assy Cap Piercer Module 2 of 3 Assy Cap Piercer Module 3 of 3 Assy Needle Drive Assy Panel Flow Front 3 of 4 Assy Panel Flow Rear 4 of 4 Flow Diagram CD 1600 Diagram Cable Connection CD 1600 1 of 2 Diagram Cable Connection CD 1600 2 of 2 Diagram Cable Connection CD 1600 Cap Piercer 2 of 2 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 ii Section 8 TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout e Diagram Cable Connection CD 1600 CSA 1 of 2 e Diagram Cable Connection CD 1600 CSA 2 of 2 e Diagram Cable Connection CD 1400 1 of 2 e Diagram Cable Connection CD 1400 2 of 2 e Schematic PAM PreAmplifier Module PCB e Schematic MAM Main Amplifier Module 1 of 2 e Schematic MAM Main Amplifier Module 2 of 2 e Schematic SPM Signal Processor Module PCB e Schematic CCM Cell Count Module 1 of 3 e Schematic CCM Cell Count Module 2 of 3 e Schematic CCM Cell Count Module 3 of 3 e Schematic CCM Device Control Module PCB 1 of 2 e Schematic DCM Device Control Module 2 of 2 e Schematic Cable Distribution 1 of 2 e Schematic Cable Distribution 2 of 2 e Schematic Solenoid Driver Module e Schematic Metering Tube PCB e Schematic Pressure Regulator e Schematic Pressure Regulator PCB e Schematic PRM Pump Relay Module e Schematic MPM Motor Processor Modul
140. C Avg Time are the average of the previous count times WBC and RBC Time Outs are the floating upper clog alarm limits calculated by the Running Average Program CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 8 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting CELL DYN 1600 DIAGNOSTIC REPORT Jui 28 1987 CELL DYN 1600 Serial 8 M 1 Operstor 1 D UIM Disk Version 715 DEMO Test i Process codes 65 68 68 67 71 69 75 70 77 75 Elapsed Time 68 4 seconds CCM Version 3 90 11 05 05 87 CD1600p UIM ROM Version VER 3 11 5 26 87 CELL DYN 1600 Count Test Data WBC Count 4922 NO ERRORS REC Count 35238 RBC RER 29 8 PLT Count 1610 Heb Error 0 Refernce 1925 Hgb Sample 893 Up time 1997 WBC Up Max 2050 WBC Up Min 1997 WBC Cnt time 4483 WBC Time out 5336 WEC Avg time 4480 RBC Up time 4990 RBC Up 4390 RBC Up Min 4870 REC Cnt time 6917 REC Time out 7323 Ave time 6985 Flow Error 0000 Jul 28 1987 CELL DYN 1600 Serial s Operator I D UIM Disk Version 715 DEMO Test Process codes 65 66 68 67 70 69 75 74 77 76 Elapsed Time 68 4 seconds CCM Version 3 0 11 05 05 87 CD1600p UIM ROM Version VER 3 11 5 26 87 CELL DYN 1600 Count Test Data WBC Count 4662 RBC Count 0 RER Not calculable PLT Count 0 Error Reb Refernce 1923 Reb Sample 939 Up time 2047 2050 WBC
141. CK AND RECORD THE VOLTAGE BELOW RBC Voltage WBC Voltage WBC Gain Alignment 1 Review the procedure in section 5 12 2 and 5 12 3 of the Cell Dyn service manual CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 7 12 Section 7 Back Preventive Maintenance 2 Follow the procedure in section 5 12 4 of the Cell Dyn service manual steps 1 11 IF THE CUSTOMER 15 NOT HAVING ANY PROBLEMS WITH THE WBC DIFF RESULTS DO NOT CHANGE THE WBC GAIN ADJUSTMENT RECORD THE CHAN NEL NUMBER BELOW WBC Peak Smoothing On RBC Gain Alignment 1 Follow the procedure in section 5 12 4 of the Cell Dyn service manual steps 12 26 Record the channel numbers below RBC Gain 1 Peak Smoothing On RBC Gain 2 Peak Smoothing On RBC Cell Edit RER Alignment 1 Follow the procedure in section 5 12 4 steps 26 to 32 to adjust the Red Cell Editing ratio PLT Gain Alignment 1 Follow the procedure in section 5 12 4 of the Cell Dyn service manual steps 33 43 Record the channel numbers below PLT Peak Smoothing On MCV Fine Tune 1 Follow the procedure in section 5 12 5 of the Cell Dyn service manual CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 7 13 Section 7 Search Back Preventive Maintenance Lyse Volume Calibration 1 Measures lyse volume Set to volume from Section 1 Step 2 715 Instrument Calibration 1 Put t
142. Cell Count Module CCM Metering Module Device Control Module DCM Cable Distribution Module CDM Solenoid Driver Module SDM Motor Processor Module MPM Stepper Driver PCB Vacuum Regulator Module VRM User Interface Module UIM Graphics Logic Module GLM CRT Assembly Battery Speaker Module BSM Power Supply Module PSM Master Table of Contents SECTION 3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 TOC 2 Search TOC Go Switching Power Supply Module Pump Relay Module PRM CSA Power Supply Module Video Display Module VDM 1400 Only SECTION 5 ALIGNMENT AND CALIBRATION Introduction Test Equipment and Supplies Required Preparation for Alignment Calibration Order of Alignment Calibration Vacuum and Pressure Adjustments Metering System Timing Adjustments RBC and WBC Power Supply Voltage Verification Adjustments Diluent Sample Lyse Volume Evangelization Adjustment Signal Processor Module SPM Device Control Module DCM Pre Amplifier Module PAM Main Amplifier Alignment Internal Factors Adjustments Diluent Syringe Calibration Block Procedure Sample Probe Description and Alignment CD1600 Sample Probe Alignment Procedures SECTION 6 DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Introduction Diagnostic Menu Usage CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual Master Table of Contents 9211019 July 1993 TOC 3
143. Count 5 7 3 3 10 GRAN Count 5 7 3 4 11 RBC Count 5 7 3 5 12 HGB Value 5 7 3 6 13 HCT Value 5 7 3 7 14 MCV Value 5 7 3 8 15 MCH Value 5 7 3 9 16 MCHC Value 5 7 3 10 17 RDW Value 5 7 3 11 18 PLT Count 5 7 3 12 19 MPV Value 5 7 3 13 20 PCT Value 5 7 3 14 21 PDW Value 5 7 3 15 22 LYM Value 5 7 3 16 Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 B May 1996 Search TOC Go Back TABLE 2 COUNT DATA MESSAGE CONTINUED Field Description Length Paragraph 23 MID Value 5 7 3 17 24 GRAN 5 7 3 18 25 Moving Aver Flag 1 7 3 19 26 R4 WBC Flag 1 7 3 20 27 R3 WBC Flag 1 7 3 21 28 R2 WBC Flag 1 7 3 22 29 R1 WBC Flag 1 7 3 23 30 LRI Flag 1 7 3 24 31 URI Flag 1 7 3 25 32 RO WBC Flag 1 7 3 26 33 Spare Flags 1 7 3 27 34 WBC Lower Time 5 7 3 28 35 WBC Upper Time 5 7 3 29 36 RBC Lower Time 5 7 3 30 37 RBC Upper Time 5 7 3 31 38 Recnt RBC Lower Time 5 7 3 32 39 Recnt RBC Upper Time 5 7 3 33 40 Units Set 1 7 3 34 Not including double quotation marks Add two characters to obtain total number of characters between commas Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 21 Search Book TOC Go Back TABLE 3 HISTOGRAM MESSAGE EXAMPLE STX start of text WBC message type 014 sequence no REPLIC 1 specimen ID 2 operator ID 04 03 86 specimen date 15 31 specimen time 00000 scale factor n a 000 channel 2 data 000 channel 6data 000 channel 10
144. D 2 0 1 6 2 4 4 3 3 44 5 16 6 1 4 88 7 32 6 1 4 88 7 32 B H 1 7 1 36 2 04 3 7 2 96 4 44 5 2 4 16 6 24 5 2 4 16 6 24 2 3 1 84 2 76 6 5 5 2 7 8 9 8 7 84 11 76 9 8 7 84 11 76 The tolerances for the values are 20 of the nominal value Figure 5 20 MOTOR POWER TEST part A CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 56 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration EXAMPLE CELL DYN 1600 MOTOR POWER TEST REPORT Dec 04 1987 08 09 CELL DYN 1600 Serial Operator LD UIM Disk Version 1 01 Must be version 1 01 or later Motor Power Test Results A D Offset Nominal 120 Actual 129 4 Error 7 83 Motor Low Med High Phase A 20 43 6 2 6 2 SAMPLE SYRINGE B 1 8 3 9 5 4 5 5 SAMPLE PROBE UP DN C 22 6 5 9 8 9 8 SAMPLE PROBE ROTATE D 1 9 4 1 5 8 5 9 DILUENT SYRINGE E 2 4 6 6 9 9 10 0 DIRECTIONAL VALVE F 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 G 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 H 17 3 7 5 2 5 2 LYSE PUMP 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 J 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 K 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Figure 5 20 MOTOR POWER TEST part B CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 57 Section 5 Search Book Back MOTOR DESIGNATIONS B 2 0 4 5 6 G 7 H 8 1 9 3 10 K 11 L 12 Figure 5 21 MOTOR EXERCISE PROGRAM part A FUNCTION SAMPLE SYRINGE PROBE UP DOWN PROBE ROTATION SALINE SYRINGE DIRECTION
145. DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 16 Appendix B Book Back WHITE CELLS SIZE DATA CRITERIA continued MID OR MIXED LYSATE MODIFIED GRAN LYSATE MODIFIED monocytes granulocytic basophils granulocytes and eosinophils and all precursor white cells Each Channel Equals 1 367 femtoliter 1 367 femtoliter Calibration Reference Latex particles Latex particles Count Size Range 981 to 135fL 135fL to 345fL Lower Threshold Channel 72 Channel 99 Upper Threshold Channel 98 Channel 253 Region Alert Areas none MID R2 Channels 72 to 88 MID R3 Channels 89 to 99 GRAN R3 Channels 100 to 109 GRAN R4 Channels 229 to 253 CELL DYN LYSATE MODIFIED WHITE CELLS REGION ALERT LOCATIONS Cells falling outside of the anticipated normal region trigger an alert that appears on the screen and also on the hard copy printout next to the category of cell flagged CELL DYN utilizes six different alerts RO R1 R2 R3 R4 RM CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 17 Appendix B Go Back WBC Fo R1 R2 R3 R4 LYM REGION small size cell Expends from approximately 35fL to 98fL Cells in this area typically correlate to lymphocytes Other cell types that could locate in this region are nucleated red blood cells NBRC clumped platelets macrocytic platelets variant atypical lymphocytes or blasts LYM
146. E 2 7 Size Threshold And Cell Channelization Figure 2 1 is a basic block diagram of the measurement and metering circuitry for RBC WBC and PLT The output of the amplifier is routed to the input of the coarse discriminator and switched input of an AID converter If the amplitude of an individual cell pulse analog signal is within a pre selected range the coarse discriminator will close the switch and place the cell pulse on the A D converter input CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 2 8 Section 2 Back Theory of Operation The A D converter then converts the cell pulse to a 9 bit digital word that is directly proportional to the peak amplitude This 9 bit word cell A D data is sent to the main computer where it increments an individual size channel memory location There are 256 size channels for each parameter RBC WBC and PLT Upon completion of the sample cycle this data is used to generate counts histograms and percentage results for final display 2 8 Metered Volume The measurements require a known repeatable sample volume The instrument performs this func tion by optical detection of the leading edge of a liquid column meniscus as depicted in Figure 2 4 The light transfer efficiency between an IR light source and a phototransistor is controlled by the opti cal characteristics of a glass metering tube in the light path CELL DYN 1600
147. ED CELLS AND PLATELETS SIZE DATA CRITERIA RED CELLS PLATELETS erythrocytes thrombocytes Each Channel Equals 1 femtoliter 0 1367 femtoliter Calibration Reference Fresh red cells Latex particles Count Size Range 20fL and above 2fL to 24fL Lower Threshold Channel 20 Channel 16 Upper Threshold None Channel 176 Region Alert Areas LRI Lower Region Interference URI Upper Region Interference Channels 16 to 22 Channels 146 to 176 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 Appendix B Go Back RBC HISTOGRAM CELL LOCATIONS The RBC dilution contains all three cell types As a result of this RBC histograms can be used to graphically show the relationships between each cell type PLATELETS located in the far left region MICROCYTES and CELL FRAGMENTS located in the region to the left of the normal cell population RETICULOCYTES located in the normal to macrocytic cells population MACROCYTES located in the region to the Pi right of the normal cells population up to 150fL RBC 50 100 150 200 LYMPHOCYTES located in DOUBLETS and CELL AGGREGATES the 190 to 2201 region located in the 150 to 180fL region CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 13 Appendix B TOC Go Back UNDERSTANDING THE CELL DYN DIFF SCREEN Electronic sizing to determine
148. EIGHT HEIGHT 2 ADJUST PROBE HEIGHT 3 INADEQUATE PROBE 1 CHECK PLUMBING CLEANING 4 IMPRECISE SAMPLE 1 CHECK SAMPLE SYRINGE ASPIRATION 2 CHECK PLUMBING 5 IMPRECISE SALINE 1 CHECK SALINE SYRINGE DISPENSE 2 CHECK PLUMBING 5 ERRATIC DATA 1 DEFECTIVE SPM 1 REPLACE SPM HGB OK 3 DEFECTIVE PAM 1 REPLACE PAM 6 ERRATIC RBC 1 DIRTY TRANSDUCER 1 CLEAN TRANSDUCER AND PLT WBC 2 INCORRECT BUBBLE 1 CHECK RBC PLUMBING MIX 3 DEFECTIVE SPM 1 REPLACE SPM 7 ERRATIC WBC RBC AND PLT OK 1 2 3 DIRTY TRANSDUCER INCORRECT BUBBLE MIX DEFECTIVE SPM 1 CLEAN TRANSDUCER CHECK WBC PLUMBING REPLACE SPM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 17 Section 6 Search Go Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Table 6 4 DATA PROBLEMS Continued SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 8 ERRATIC HGB 1 DIRTY FLOW CELL 1 CLEAN ROW CELL OTHERS OK 2 AIR LEAK 1 CHECK PLUMBING 3 DEFECTIVE FL CELL 1 REPLACE FLOW CELL 9 ERRATIC MCV 1 DIRTY TRANSDUCER 1 CLEAN TRANSDUCER AND HCT 2 SALINE BRIDGE 1 SHIM RBC CUP 3 DEFECTIVE SPM 1 REPLACE SPM 10 WBC R CODES 1 DIRTY TRANSDUCER 1 CLEAN TRANSDUCER REAGENTS OK 2 INCORRECT LYSE 1 CHECK VOLUME VOLUME 2 ADJUST VOLUME 3 INCORRECT BUBBLE 1 CHECK BUBBLE MIX MIX PRESSURE 2 CHECK PLUMBING 4 SLOW TRANSFER TO 1 CHECK PLUMBING WBC CUP 5 INCORRECT GAIN 1 CHECK GAIN 2 ADJUST GAIN 6 DEFECTIVE SPM 1 REPLACE SPM CEL
149. ENTER 1 DEFECTIVE VDM 1 REPLACE VDM OF CRT 5 ROLLING 1 MISADJUSTMENT 1 ADJUST VR601 VDM IN VERTICAL 2 DEFECTIVE VDM 1 REPLACE VDM 6 NONLINEAR 1 MISADJUSTMENT 1 ADJUST VR604 VDM IN VERTICAL 2 DEFECTIVE VDM 1 REPLACE VDM 7 INCORRECT 1 MISADJUSTMENT 1 ADJUST VR603 VDM VERTICAL SIZE 2 DEFECTIVE VDM 1 REPLACE VDM 8 INCORRECT 1 MISADJUSTMENT 1 ADJUST L703 VDM HORIZ WIDTH 2 DEFECTIVE VDM 1 REPLACE VDM 9 CHARACTERS 1 MISADJUSTMENT 1 ADJUST VR702 VDM OUT OF FOCUS 2 DEFECTIVE VDM 1 REPLACE VDM 10 CHARACTERS OK 1 DEFECTIVE GLM 1 REPLACE GLM BUT GARBLED 2 DEFECTIVE UIM 1 REPLACE UIM 11 MISSING 1 DEFECTIVE GLM 1 REPLACE GLM CHARACTERS 2 DEFECTIVE UIM 1 REPLACE UIM 12 MISS HORIZ 1 DEFECTIVE GLM 1 REPLACE GLM OR VERT LINES 2 DEFECTIVE UIM 1 REPLACE UIM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 12 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Table 6 3 DISPLAYED ERROR AND FAULT PROBLEMS SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 1 DET EMPTY 1 RESTRICTION 1 CHECK LINES 2 CHECK SOL 4 1 2 DEFECTIVE SENSOR 1 CHECK SENSOR 2 REPLACE SENSOR 3 DEFECTIVE CDM 1 REPLACE CDM 2 DILUENT EMPTY 1 SOL 3 1 TUBIN 1 CHECK SOL 3 1 2 RESTRICTION 1 CHECK LINES 2 CHECK SOL 4 2 3 PRESSURE 1 SOLENOID 3 3 CHECK SOL 3 3 OVERLIMIT REPLACE SOL 3 3 2 SOLENOID 3 4 CHECK SOL 3 4 REPLACE SOL 3 4 CHECK SOL 3 1 REPLACE SOL 3 1 CHECK SWITCH
150. ER VIDEO DISPLAY MODULE PRE MIX CUP WEC TRANSDUCER ELECT DRAWER MICRO DISK DRIVE HGB FLOW CELL WBC METERING MODULE VACUUM ISOLATOR FLOW PANEL REC METERING MODULE CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 2 Section 8 Search TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout MOTOR PROCESSOR MODULE CABLE DISTRIBUTION MODULE AP i a a P npe gs SALINE BUFFER SAMPLE PRORE WASH BLOCK SOL 3 7 REAGENT INLET PANEL SOL 4 1 SAMPLE SYRINGE ASSY DiLUENT SYRINGE ASSY CD1600 LEFT SIDE VIEW SCL 4 2 LYSE PUMP ASSY 1 8 CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 3 Section 8 Search TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout POWER SWITCH CONN PANEL USER INTERFACE MODULE POWER SUPPLY MODULE LINE VOLTAGE SELECTOR CD1600 RIGHT SIDE VIEW ee CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 4 Section 8 Search TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout GRAPHICS LOGIC MODULE SWITCHING POWER SUPPLY MONITOR DRIVER BOARD CRT REAGENT PANEL ASSY CELL COUNT MODULE DEVICE CONTROL MODULE BATTERY SPEAKER MODULE MAIN AMPLIFIER MODULE SIGNAL PROCESSOR MODULE cDis00 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Ser
151. Each latch can control up to four Stepper Drive PCB s Data is strobed into the appropriate latch by WRO thru WR2 The Feedback and Feedback inputs at J3 thru J14 are connected via resistors on the Stepper Drive PCB to the Stepper Motor windings This allows the circuitry consisting of U30 U31 and U32 to monitor the winding current during an internal self test These values can be read by the CCM to isolate a defective Stepper Driver or Stepper Motor CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 22 Section 4 Go Back Circuit Description 4 11 Stepper Driver PCB Circuit Description References Figure 3 3 Schematic page 8 67 The stepper Drive PCB consists of two PBL 3717 motor drive chips Each chip drives a winding of the Stepper Motor Bits 10 and are used to control four motor current levels a PO High Current b P1 Medium Current C P2 Low Current d P3 Current Off Bits PHO and 1 control motor phase and therefore direction and step rate velocity Feedback and Feedback are used to generate a motor self test 4 12 Vacuum Regulator Module VRM Circuit Description References Figure 3 3 Schematic page 8 62 Diodes CR1 and CR2 form and AND gate for control of switching transistor Q1 The Microcomputer signal from J1 1 in a logic high state and the collector of the phototransistor of OS 1 in a logic high state causes Q1 to turn on and actuate
152. Go Back Circuit Description Figure 4 2 MAN BLOCK DIAGRAM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 7 Section 4 Back Circuit Description Pulse editing is a technique that enables the MAM to distinguish between normal and abnormal cell signals Normal cell signals are generate by cells that pass through or near the center of the orifice in a straight line Fig 4 1 A Abnormal cell signals can be generated in several ways a cell tumbling in the orifice Fig 4 1 B more than one cell passing through the orifice at the same time Fig 4 1 C or cells that pass near the edge of the orifice Fig 4 1 D To determine which cells are valid the height H of each cell pulse is measured and compared to the area A under the signal envelope In normal cell signal the area is less than the height A lt H Figure 4 2 shows a block diagram of the pulse editing circuit the RBC analog signal from the final Buffer amplifier U2 goes to Pin 3 of U15 from there the signal goes to the following places a Peak Detector b Sample Hold Discriminator d Integrator The peak detector U19 signals the analog switch in the sample hold circuit U18 to hold the cell peak until the flip flop U21 is reset The output of the sample hold goes through a buffer amp to the nonin verting input of comparator u17 The DC level represents the signal height in the equation The
153. Jumper Postion part B Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 30 Appendix B Search TOC Go Back APPENDIX Understanding CELL DYN Diff Screen Analyzers Table of Contents HISTORY OF DEVICES TO COUNT BLOOD CELLS OVERVIEW OF ELECTRONIC RESISTANCE OR IMPEDANCE UNDERSTANDING VOLUMETRIC METERING HISTOGRAMS A PRESENTATION OF SIZE DISTRIBUTION DATA RBC HISTOGRAM CELL LOCATIONS UNDERSTANDING THE CELL DYN DIFF SCREEN DIFF SCREEN DATA CAN BE AFFECTED BY UNDERSTANDING RED CELL DISTRIBUTION WIDTH UNDERSTANDING THE X B MOVING AVERAGE QC PROGRAM UNDERSTANDING QC AND THE USE OF COMMERCIAL CONTROLS USE OF CONTROL FILES SETUP KEY CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 1 Appendix B Search HISTORY OF DEVICES TO COUNT BLOOD CELLS Devices to count blood cells were first introduced and sold in the decade of the 50 s At this time Wal lace Coulter obtained a patent for a device called the Model A that counted particles present in a dilu tion of whole blood based on the non conductive properties of blood cells This method is referred to as the ELECTRONIC RESISTANCE or IMPEDANCE or COULTER method The early Coulter models were used primarily to count white cells and occasionally to count red cells During the period of the patent until 1973 Coulter Electronics was the primary producer of particle counting devices designe
154. L CAPACITOR F amp LUEE ARE rst ma Jn ae E 05 4 n bg pr k 46 comm eee CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 57 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 2 ml LN ____ sec J2 2 I ao aE Fig 7 3 3 B a CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 58 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout s 5 5 m uus CTIS Z 5096 UMS HPV BAPE aE ESE 30 Wh FE a m 4 BI a EET i WIHT om 1 FT r pl gt IES ti E all i 5 i a f 4 xL 4 4 Lr 1 TTL RI ls 4 w I aot 2 5 B HA PUR GHE 5 METER TS 4 14 2 3 KEY E Cy 2 eh Hi CLET teri NE i SCHEMATX ABLE NST RMIT ON CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 59 _________________ TOC ermer r CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual Go Back LI PUD
155. L DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 18 Section 6 Search Go Back Table 6 4 SYMPTOM 11 BKGNDS REAGENTS OK 12 HI BKGNDS WBC ONLY REAGENTS OK DATA PROBLEMS Continued PROBABLE CAUSE 1 DIRTY POWER 2 POOR GROUNDING 3 NOISY PSM 4 DEFECTIVE PAM 1 INCORRECT BUBBLE MIX 2 SPM 9600520 NOT 9600521 Diagnostics Troubleshooting CORRECTIVE ACTION CHECK POWER ISOLATE LINE INSTALL FILTER CHECK GROUNDING INSTALL GROUND CHECK PSM REPLACE PSM REPLACE PAM CHECK BUBBLE MIX PRESSURE ADJUST PRESSURE INSTALL 9600521 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 19 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Table 6 5 CLOG AND FLOW ERROR PROBLEMS SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 1 CLOG 1 TRANSDUCERS 1 CHECK TRANSDUCERS BOTH SIDES REVERSED 2 REINSTALL CONSTANT 2 INCORRECT VACUUM 1 CHECK VACUUM 2 ADJUST VACUUM 3 SAL AS DETERGENT 1 CHECK REAG LINES 2 CLOG T1 MAX 1 RESTRICTION 1 CHECK VENT PLUMBING T2 0 NO VENT 2 CHECK VENT SOLENOID 3 CLOG T1 MAX 1 DIRTY TRANSDUCER 1 CLEAN TRANSDUCER T2 0 NO 2 RESTRICTION 1 CHECK PLUMBING MENISCUS 2 CHECK SAM PLUMBING 3 CHECK SAM SOLENOID 4 CLOG T1 MAX 1 DIRTY TRANSDUCER 1 CLEAN TRANSDUCER T2 0 SLOW 2 RESTRICTION 1 CHECK PLUMBING
156. L DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 26 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting R2 The R2 region alert is in effect for the granulocyte count 4 5 Messages appearing near the PLT counts also in print outs LRI A lower region alert has occurred URI An upper region alert has occurred 4 6 Messages appearing near the PLT counts on ticket print outs LI A lower region alert has occurred Ul An upper region alert has occurred MI Both region alerts have occurred CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 27 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting 4 7 Messages appearing on line 23 of the display PRINTER The printer timed out before completing a pirnt out TICKET There was no ticket in the ticket printer when a print out was requested or the ticket printer timed out RS232 During transmission through the RS 232C port there was at least one request for a re transmission 4 8 Messages appearing on print outs made on the graphics printer Data invalid N A data invalidating error occurred while the sample was being run The error code is given by the eight digit hexadecimal number N Data overwritten printing terminated The printout was not completed before data for the next sample began to come in CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual921101
157. LE PROBE HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT j Ensure probe collar is flush with probe support arm before continuing Figure 1 From diagnostic screen press Service Dec Code key enter 129 and press Enter Select motor 3 press Enter set Run to i and press Enter set idle to i and press Enter Press ENTER to exit utility Ignore initialize message and press More softkey until Probe Home softkey appears Press Probe Home softkey when probe stops moving press Probe Down softkey Press Probe Up softkey Mark Wash Block Holder in relationship to groove on left side of shaft Figure 1 Loosen Locking Screw and adjust Wash Block so that Sample Probe is centered between top of cone and bottom of vacuum hole Figure 2 Realign mark on Wash Block Holder with groove and tighten Locking Screw CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 68 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration Ensure Probe is in center position and press Probe Down softkey when probe stops moving press Probe Up softkey l Verify Sample Probe position as specified in step 1 m Press Probe Down softkey Initialize instrument by pressing Initialize button on right side 5 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 69 Section 6 Search Go Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Section Table of Contents I
158. M 2178 5 d V a 280530 For 2x ye n i or e a 4g Yl Lin d 4 E 8X z F WEHR SPLIT LOCK T4 o SOT Tle EK PRGA ax word FLAT 4 en REF SHT 3 7 c LN 2401000 2 53 5 B M 2B071TI5 2x A 1 i 4 93IDBS 7 W 5 ipowe d REF 8 NOTES amp Ps gt d 2 TE ATE AFTER TIO ENG n DO MOT d d a 5 j h gt Jie 4 ud 4 Pan d 9 ye c Ir e e gt S O Schematics and Parts Layout Section 8 Search Book Back 5 4 4 3 i m m cof bg E f F PLCS I CAAT Ros ty Tye 2 Gi _ T To i Ic LATE WIU fi E T i 5 25 i ipt d i UF EET USING E ibis DAGE CCECSOE i ACIS ENT BORGS i 4 TD E lf LEET Sw TEH Fete ADS TMENT ENTA LiF Iaw Toe TURN 2 PLES Seto AT j EET SRPS To arn E GAGE WcRDOGI z 2257 i i MT 1 m 82 I mou TORE 11
159. MENT 0 00 V 0 001 puce uc Jumper to Ground HGB GAIN TP2 R12 5 0 V 0 2 V PLT APER DUMMY CURRENT RESISTOR R21 11 0V 0 01V oe DONE R35 12 0 V 0 01 V CURRENT RESISTOR CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 28 Section 5 Search Go Back Alignment and Calibration 5 12 Main Amplifier Module MAM 5 12 1 DISCUSSION The MAIN AMPLIFIER MODULE MAM is located in the main card cage Alignment of the WBC RBC and PLT gains are critical adjustments that must be verified and or adjusted before instrument accu racy can be established Uniform Latex particles are used to perform these adjustments The particles must be mixed vigorously before diluting to obtain accurate results The Gain and RBC Cell Editing adjustments are performed in the Gain Adjust Mode which allows multiple counts to be run on the same sample When Gain Akjust Mode is entered whatever is in the PreMix is transferred to the WBC Cup and 5 of diluent is left undisturbed in the RBC Cup When performing RBC or PLT adjustments only 10 of diluent must be placed Cup before entering Gain Adjust Mode to prevent air from being pulled into the WBC Transducer during a count cycle Most of the adjustments are performed in the DIAGNOSTICS mode and the dilutions mud be run between adjustments NOTE The GAIN ADJUST TEST softkey allows the dilutions to be run without re
160. METERING The automatic counting of blood cells can be divided into three tasks diluting the specimen counting and sizing electronically each cell as it passes through a sensing zone and controlling the counting cycle by volumetric metering or by a predetermined time sequence Sequoia Turner utilizes the volu metric metering technique Every CELL DYN system counts and sizes the cells in a fixed amount vol ume of diluted specimen utilizing the volumetric metering technique to control the count cycle time This technique requires a pair of fixed length precision bore glass tubes with a set of optical LED detectors mounted on each tube a precise distance apart and a metering fluid detergent During each measurement cycle detergent flows down the metering tube When it reaches the upper detec tor it activates the computer to start passage impulse acceptance and accumulation As detergent continues down the metering tube it reaches the lower detector causing the passage impulse accep tance and accumulation to stop In addition to activating the start and stop detectors detergent cleans the metering tube The amount of time it takes the detergent to reach the upper and lower detectors is monitored in hun dredths of a second by the computer and is referred to as the count time Whenever the detergent flow time exceeds the computer programmed acceptable time an alert activates and result data are sup pressed Protein accumulation on the orific
161. Messages appearing near the PLT counts also in print outs LRI A lower region alert has occurred URI An upper region alert has occurred Messages appearing near the PLT counts on ticket print outs LI A lower region alert has occurred UI An upper region alert has occurred MI Both region alerts have occurred CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 42 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Messages appearing on line 22 of the display PRINTER The printer timed out before completing a printout TICKET There was no ticket in the ticket printer when a print out was requested or the ticket printer timed out RS232 During transmission through the RS 232C port there was at least one request for a re transmission Messages appearing on print outs made on the graphics printer Data invalid N A data invalidating error occurred while the sample was being run The error code is given by the eightdigit hexadecimal number N Data overwritten printing terminated The print out was not completed before data for the next sample began to come in MESSAGES ON THE CALIBRATION MENU Messages appearing in place of measured parameters FE C A flow error FE or a clog C occurred during the measurement CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 43 Section 6 Search Go Back Diagnostics Trouble
162. N 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 Ur 7 4 Section 7 Search Back Preventive Maintenance 5 0 Latex Particles 2 96 Latex Particles Low Air Pressure Gauge or Digital manometer 0 1 PSI High Air Pressure Gauge 10 PSI minimum Vacuum Gauge 0 15 Hg Reference Blood Samples Controls Bleach or Enzyme Cleaner Alcohol or Acetone 7 5 System Overview Prime instrument and run a background count a Go into diagnostics and print raw data report Select 3 fresh normal samples a After you run each sample print amp save the following data 1 Print results with histograms 2 WBC histogram data with smoothing on 3 RBC histogram data with smoothing on 4 Print service code 101 with smoothing on 5 Do verification of Lyse volume Current Lyse Vol b Save samples for use after PM Review and print the low normal amp high control files Also print the X B file CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 7 5 Section 7 Search Back Preventive Maintenance 4 J Review and print the calibration file Enter 94043 and print the dilution factors Repeat this process in the pre dilute mode Save for later use 7 6 System Clean up 1 Sampling System a Sample 100 Clorox through the probe Repeat 5 times 2 Remove the sample probe ops manual sec 7 7 a Wipe the probe with alcohol wipes or Clorox so
163. NG TO PREVENT INJURY BY ACCIDENTAL NEEDLE EXTENSION ALL DIS ASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY OF THE CAP PIERCER SHOULD BE PERFORMED IN EITHER THE MAIN OR DIAGNOSTICS MODE THE START SWITCH IS DISABLED IN THESE MODES RUBBER GLOVES SHOULD BE WORN WHEN PERFORMING THIS PROCEDURE 1 ENTER MAIN MENU Open Cap Piercer and remove Cover Plate over Stepper Driver PCB Remove silicon tubing from solenoid 1 7 and disconnect tubing from left side of T fitting between solenoids 1 7 and 1 8 Remove the four screws that secure Sample Cover and remove Sample Cover Figure F 14 Remove Vacutainer Guide by carefully lifting it off Needle Holder Guide Figures F 14 and F 15 remove Cover by removing two screws at top and bottom CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 20 Appendix Back Remove the four Hex screws that secure Needle Holder Guide to Cylinder Figure F 15 Lift Needle Holder Guide off Cylinder and hand it on left side Enter Diagnostics mode and press Serviced Dec Code Enter 130 and press Enter Select motor 10 and press Enter Set direction to 1 and press Enter Set speed to 6 and press Enter Set steps to 999 and press Enter Needle should move up until Top Piston is approximately 1 8 inch above top of Cylinder Press the softkey four times Needle should move up until Top Piston is approximately 1 inch above top of Cylinder Lift
164. OM and the open sample CCM type is 3 as it was before For a CD1600 without a cap piercer this system disk is to be used with the current revision CD1600 PROM 2 Detection of Short Sample Insufficient Aspiration On both the Run Menu and the Calibrate Menu when a blood sample is aspirated via the cap piercer station if there is not enough sample a warning message is displayed on the CRT 3 Setting Open Closed Dilution Factors There is now a new set of six dilution factors for the Closed Sample Mode These can be set within the same range as the original Dilution Factors The original Dilution Factors of RBC WBC HGB PLT MCV and MPV are now for Open Sample use only The software selects the factors to be used based on which start switch the operator presses Also there is anew key on the Set Dilution Factor Menu which allows the operator to reset all the factors both open and closed to 1 000 A help line has been added just above the key labels Note The Calibration Factors are the same as before and they now apply to both open and closed mode Pre dilute however is the same as before this mode has its own Dilution and Calibration Factors CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 3 Appendix C Search Go Back 4 4 Display Print out of Aspiration Method used on last sample The CD1600CS can accept blood samples in three different ways 1 Open Sample 2 Closed
165. ON THE DATA LOG MENU Messages appearing on line 4 Earlier occurrence of id number N not found The operator requested the instrument to look for another occurrence of a particular ID number and there was none This position in the data log is empty The operator attempted to perform an operation on a data log sample while the cursor was at an empty position in the log Control file specimen has no Specimen ID The operator asked to change the specimen ID of a QC or background specimen CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 45 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Starting record must be earlier than ending record In specifying a set of data log records to be printed or transmitted the operator entered the sequence number of the most recent record in the range first This 15 not in the current X B batch The operator has attempted to reject or accept a sample outside the current Bull s batch The current X B batch is full The operator has attempted to accept a previously rejected sample into a Bull s batch that has subse quently filled Only patient samples can be accepted or rejected The operator has attempted to reject a sample that is not a patient sample Messages appearing in the status box Re transmissions occurred During transmission of data log records through the RS 232C channel at least one re transmission was requested
166. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS The CELL DYN 1400 and 1600 Operators Manuals are included as part of the service documentation It is essential that the service engineer read and understand the operators manual and be able to cor rectly perform all routine operating functions before attempting to troubleshoot and repair the system 1 1 4 SERVICE MANUAL ORGANIZATION This service manual is organized into the following sections to facilitate its use in operation trouble shooting repair alignment and calibration of the CELL DYN 1400 and 1600 Theory of operation describes the electronic resistance principle and its application to an electronic particle counter in the measurement of RBC WBC PLT s Beers law and its applications to the Photometric measurement of Hemoglobin is also discussed It describes the methods used to accurately size the cells for the measurement of Histograms MCV MPV RDW and PDW Analyzer description describes the internal modular construction of the instrument Circuit description describes the individual circuits in the analyzer and provides simplified schematics of these circuits to aid in the understanding of their function CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 1 3 Section 1 Search Back General Information Alignment calibration provides step by step instructions for correct electronic alignment and calibration of the CELL DYN 1600 analyzer to ensure o
167. PRESSURE OVERLIMIT SW ALL STEPPER DRIVE PCB S DATA INTERFACE AND CONTROL BLOCK DIAGRAM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 6 Section 3 Search Book Go Back System Description The CCM functions as the master controller with all system functional commands residing in firmware PROM The CCM sends control data and receives status data from the DCM The DCM functions as the system slave controller Data is written and read via the DCM CDM and DCM MPM data busses The CDM acts as controller for the solenoids and also interfaces data from various system sensors The MPM acts as controller for all Stepper Motor Drive PCB s 3 4 2 MEASUREMENT SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION References Figure 3 2 The measurement subsystem provides detection amplification and processing of the signals from the HGB Flow Cell RBC PLT transducer and WBC transducer RBC PLT and WBC metering is also included in this subsystem The PAM supplies constant current for the RBC PLT and WBC transducers and HGB LED voltage The RBC PLT and WBC cell pulses are input to the PAM where they are amplified and routed to the MAM The MAM accepts the RBC PLT and WBC signals and the following occurs a THE RBC PLT SIGNAL IS AMPLIFIED AND SPLIT INTO INDEPENDENT RBC AND PLT SIGNALS b THE WBC SIGNAL IS AMPLIFIED AND SENT TO THE SPM THE PLT SIGNAL IS SENT TO THE SPM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Man
168. Refer to package insert for exact mixing instructions which are often different for each brand and type of control 2 Never use an open vial longer than is recommended by the manufacturer or subject any vial to excessive heat or agitation 3 Verify the control s condition when received Confirm that vials are cold and not leaking 4 Verify values for the new lot of control by running each level in triplicate along with either replicate QC specimens or the old control when it is still in date 5 Allow cells clinging to the inner wall of the vial to resettle for 15 to 30 seconds after missing before opening and aspirating from it 6 When results for any parameter s are flagged outside of entered limits reconfirm calibration for that parameter using specimens with known reference values When calibration verification results are acceptable establish a new working mean and limits for each level of the new lot of control or consult the control manufacturer CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 57 Appendix B Search TOC Go Back Streck Laboratories inc ASSAY INFORMATION 7312 tor 73128 LOT wo 72125 733 0 2 0 Ue 7 341 lt prix 3 71261 539 66 7 10 631 531 nz fuz 1 1 _ Lew 1433 5 2 5 1 9 25 91 21 fos 1359 2 2 10 2 SSE
169. SECTION 6 Messages on the Data Log Menu 6 1 Messages appearing on line 4 ID number N not found The operator requested the instrument to look for ID number N and it was not found Earlier occurence of ID number N not found The operator requested the instrument to look for an other occurrence of a particular ID number and there was none CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 30 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting This position in the data log is empty The operator attempted to perform an operation on a data log sample while the cursor was at an empty position in the log Control file specimen has no Specimen ID The operator asked to change the specimen ID of a QC or background specimen Starting record must be earlier than ending record In specifying a set of data log records to be printed or transmitted the operator entered the sequence number of the most recent record in the range first This is not in the current X B batch The operator has attempted to reject or accept a sample outside the current Bull s batch The current X B batch is full The operator has attempted to accept a previously rejected sample into a Bull s batch that has subse quently filled Only patient samples can be accepted or rejected The operator has attempted to reject a sample that is not a patient sample CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Se
170. SEE CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual Ly 9211019 July 1993 Schematics and Parts Layout HT 1j aoa atu 1 1 581 T ERR a SAT 0 m 11 ELN 1 Iu Lo ee aor JEEP no 2 umet same 2 1 t t B 8 48 zr T ABBOTI DIAGNOSTICS DIAGRAM CABLE COnMECTION ai 5 D CO 1400 Sc memes a es a 2710049 mum umm amp gt lt NES pnma 5 gem 0 8 49 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout VN 5 Po 2 RELEASE 043 LII ax 2 ER 14517 i eee a ee quip Coe peces sari B STARE EPEC i SEE TAME 1 208 U QUEE VALJESE WUDR TARAUA oe z x eec reme T CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 50 Schematics and Parts Layout ______ Back 5 PLT VE I setae i LUT n mE DECR TE M ln UL
171. SI of pressure which is controlled by a preci sion solid state regulator CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 10 Section 3 Search Book Back System Description When the Clear Orifice key is depressed a second pressure pump is activated under direct computer control to apply back pressure to the RBC and WBC orifices This pump is also used to pressurize the Waste Bottles and expel waste from the instrument CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 11 Section 3 Search TOC Go Back System Description VALVE VALVE FUNCTION 1 1 TRANSDUCER DRAIN 1 2 ABC COUNT 1 3 VENT 4 ABCAWEC ISOLATOR VAC 1 5 RBC WEC ISOLATOR DRAIN 1 4 RECAWAG BACKFLUSH CCM NOT USED ee 7 1 WBC METERING VENT 2 2 CHAMBER BUBBLE DCM 2 3 ABC CUP BUBBLE 2 4 RBC TRANSDUCER FILL SDM 2 2 5 CUP DRAN 2 5 REFERENCE 2 7 HGB SAMPLE MOT USED 3 1 PROBE WASH 5 2 PROBE WASH ORAIN 3 3 ABC CUP WASH 3 4 MIXING CHAMBER WASH CDM 3 5 WSC TRANSDUCER DRAIN 5 5 WBC CUP VENT 3 7 DRUENT BUFFER PRIME USED FROM PRM FROM SDM 4 FROM SDM 5 FROM MPM Figure 3 3 SOLENOID AND MOTOR DRIVE BLOCK DIAGRAM part A CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 12 Section 3 Search Book Back
172. Sam ple and 3 Pre Dilute A new feature is a designation on the display and print out of the method that was used to put the sample in the instrument This information is displayed printed on the Data Log and QC Log as well as a character 0 for open C for closed and P for pre dilute This code is in a column just to the right of the sequence number 5 5 Ability to use Cap Piercer Mode on Diagnostic Menu The CD1600 Count Test function in the Diagnostic Menu now works in a manner similar to the CD2000 that is the COUNT TEST key is pressed first and then the start switch is pressed However with the CD1600CS there are two start switches Therefore after pressing the COUNT TEST key a sample can be presented to the cap piercer station and the cap piercer switch pressed to process the blood sample 6 Auto Clean function on Special Protocol Menu On a CD1600CS the top line of the instructions for Auto Clean states Please place tube containing Enzyme Cleaner in closed sampler instead of Please place Enzyme Cleaner under Aspiration Probe 7 New Clean Sampler function on Special Protocol Menu This auxiliary function can be used to drain and refill the closed sampler after manually cleaning it 8 Help File Changes CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 4 Appendix C Search TOC Go Back Help files have been changed for the Special Protocol Menu in order to
173. System 04B34 01 May 1996 15 7 3 17 7 3 18 7 3 19 7 3 20 7 3 21 Search Book Go Back MID Value Field 23 The MID Value is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 4 1 GRAN Value Field 24 The GRAN Value is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 4 1 Moving Average Flag Field 25 The Moving Average flag is in a numeric field of one character It has not been implemented as of this time so it is always transmitted as 0 R4 WBC Flag Field 26 The R4 WBC Flag is in a numeric field of one character A value of 1 indicates that the flag is set and a value of 0 indicates that it is clear R3 WBC Flag Field 27 The WBC is in a numeric field of one character A value of 1 indicates that the flag is set and a value of 0 indicates that it is clear Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 16 7 3 22 7 3 23 7 3 24 7 3 25 7 3 26 7 3 27 Search Book Go Back H2 WBC Flag 28The R2 WBC Flag is in a numeric field of one character A value of 1 indicates that the flag is set and a value of 0 indicates that it is clear RI WBC Flag Field 29 The R1 WBC Flag is in a numeric field of one character A value of 1 indicates that the flag is set and a value of 0 indicates that it is clear LRI Flag Field 30 The LRI Flag is in a numeri
174. Volume Evangelization Adjustment e Signal Processor Module SPM e Device Control Module DCM e Pre Amplifier Module PAM e Main Amplifier Alignment Internal Factors Adjustments e Diluent Syringe Calibration Block Procedure Sample Probe Description and Alignment e CD1600 Sample Probe Alignment Procedures CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 1 Section 5 Go Back Alignment and Calibration 5 1 Introduction These procedures when performed in the order given result in the proper electronic alignment of the circuitry and a calibration of the instrument to the values of the calibrators and whole Mood samples used It is of primary importance that these reference materials be of the highest quality to ensure proper adjustments are made Performance of these procedures also serves as a method of isolating a defective assembly module or printed circuit board It Is necessary to caution the service representative to ensure that all external components of the system such as reagents Mood samples used controls and calibrators environment and AC power are acceptable and correct before proceeding with the alignment and calibration procedures 5 2 Test Equipment and Supplies Required ITEM QTY DESCRIPTION DIGITAL VOLTMETER OSCILLOSCOPE DUAL TRACE 10MHz 5 JUMPER LEADS STOPWATCH VACUUM GAUGE 0 30 INCHES PRESSURE GAUGE 0 5 LBS PRESSURE GAUGE 0 10 LBS L
175. WBC Up Time 2 0 0 2 b WBC Count Time 5 0 0 5 c RBC Up Time 5 0 0 2 d Count Time 7 0 0 1 If times am outside of their acceptable limits recheck aperture cleaning then adjust as nec essary 6 Verify and record the regulated vacuum level Hg 8 9 Hg approx CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 7 9 Section 7 Search Book Go Back Preventive Maintenance 7 9 Power Supply Voltages 1 Check the analog voltages on the Mother Board Module MBM Use TP2 as ground Record the voltages below Range Ripple 15VDC 0 5 lt 30 mV PP 15VDC 0 5 lt 30 mV PP 2 Check the digital voltages on the MBM Use TP1 as ground Record voltages below TP8 12VDC 0 24V 0 72V lt 50 mV PP TPQ 12VDC 0 6V lt 80 mV PP 3 Check the 5VDC supply at the board Use 4 as ground TP5 UIM 5 1VDC 4 05 50 mV PP Refer to chip U13 The voltage measured at TP5 5VDC on the UIM bd Should be 01 volts of the voltage written on the label on U13 If there is no label the voltage should be 5 1VDC 05 4 Check the 100VDC supply Use TP5 MBM as ground TP6 100VDC 2 0 5 mV PP CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 7 10 Section 7 Search Book TOC Go Back Preventive Maintenance 5 Check the unregulated voltages on the Power Supply Module PSM on the right side of the
176. XT 0 aid DOCE T 58 M me eine CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 9 Section 8 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout H 2 ur ia a penr mca don a A4 fud l 9211019 July 1993 Fam UP ae 8 10 Section 8 Search TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout ___ Yi 10 00 p rm 42 LB EST vr 1 928 see 1525 _______ 18 19 B B V1 MUST BE BUTTED STANLESS STEEL TUBING NO GAPLTWERE MUST BE AT LEAST 4 05 DE OVERLAPPING 71 EXCESS MAY BE EUT GOFF CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 11 Section 8 Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout T 5 4 2 1 _ ___________ Pl XE ASSY SX HEY PERLES 10T li SU EN ee XX TREN PER MEG EZ 54 55 5 v ntw vex eee sae OO 4 Yee anie AM apod PEF RR xci 1 Sheaves CABLES Q E fedoras TD S LI a RN NN SAT 5 Toan
177. ZIBOBOL 11 O T _ iBOERS X uaa 7 73010844 _ Needle Drive v Cover xDBzI ORER aie oppi ons ee 7M j h a T 5 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 37 Section 8 Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout E 7 5 4 EE c zT 1 _______ T mm SEE SHEET i B Ux 2801295 ux 4 53010 c DS 3 A HN 921128 omma 770700 177 ee 3 a 4 CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 38 ______ Back 7 Silicon 1 1 16 227 eer 1b 01 OD CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual Schematics and Parts Layout Top Piston 28010 OD hen Needle Holder Guide 9211019 July 1993 SHG sis amp ilicnn 1 37 ID X Needle Drive ABNER Motor C ELETE ASSY NEEDLE DRIVE 921 289 8 39 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout
178. acing tube tighten the retaining nut only until you are unable to remove the tube easily using firm pressure with two fingers WARNING CHECK TO SEE THAT THE NEEDLE IS NOT STUCK IN THE FULL UP POSITION h After replacement Align the Sample Probe para 5 15 1 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 56 Section 9 Search Book Back Service Model 1600 CP Needle Drive Assembly Removal To remove f a Loosen knurled screw on front of cap piercing module and swing the module outward b Remove the four screws holding the sample cover to the m 1 case aco 1 c Remove the sample cover from the case Lift it off E 3 XX 4 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 57 Section 9 300k Service Model 1600 CP Needle Drive Assembly Removal Cont d d Unscrew the two cover retaining screws and remove cover e Remove vacutainer guide lifting it straight upward CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 58 Section 9 Search Book Go Back Model 1600 CP Needle Drive Assembly Removal Cont d Service f Remove two flathead phillips screws in bottom of hous ing cover g Lift cover straight up and off Section 9 Book Back Service Model 1600 CP Needle Drive Assembly Removal Cont d h Disconnect
179. ains descriptions of individual PCB circuitry 01400 and 1600 are comprised of the following PCB s A description of each is given in the following order Pre Amplifier Module PAM Main Amplifier Module MAM Signal Processor Module SPM Cell Count Module CCM Metering Module Device Control Module DCM Solenoid Driver Module SDM Cable Distribution Module CDM Motor Processor Module MPM Stepper Drive PCB Vacuum Regulator Module VRM User Interface Module UIM Graphics Logic Module GLM 1600 ONLY CRT Assembly 4 16 Battery Speaker Module BSM Power Supply Module PSM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 2 Section 4 Back Circuit Description 4 18 Switching Power Supply Module 4 19 Pump Relay Module PRM 4 20 CSA Power Supply Module 4 21 Video Display Module VDM CD1400 Only 4 2 Pre Amplifier Module PAM Circuit Description References Figure 3 2 Schematic page 8 49 The PAM performs the following functions a Provides RBC PLT and WBC constant current b Provides WBC Guard Voltage C Amplifies the initial RBC PLT WBC and HGB signals Constant current bias 100vdc switched by U8 and Q3 is routed to U5 which supplies constant cur rent to the RBC PLT transducer Two independent RBC PLT current levels are controlled by U8 and 02 and PLT current is adjusted by R21 NOTE High Current is not used on the CD1
180. ajor functional subsystems a DATA INTERFACE AND CONTROL SUBSYSTEM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 4 Section 3 TOC Go Back System Description b MEASUREMENT SUBSYSTEM SOLENOID AND MOTOR DRIVE SUBSYSTEM d USER INTERFACE SUBSYSTEM AC AND DC POWER DISTR1BUTION SUBSYSTEM Each of these individual functional subsystem will be described in the following paragraphs 3 4 1 DATA INTERFACE AND CONTROL SUBSYSTEM DESCRIPTION References Figure 3 1 The purpose of this subsystem is the interfacing of user data control data and system status data in the system This data is interface via four independent data busses UIM CCM CCM DCM DCM CDM DCM MPM Upon initial power up the operating software is down loaded from the disk drive into RAM on the UIM The UIM then uses various handshaking signals and data bytes to communicate with the CCM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 5 Section 3 DISPLAY Figure 3 1 Search Go Back DATA BUS SERIAL DCMCDM DATA BUS DCM MPM DATA BUS System Description L PROBE RIGHT SW PROBE LEFT SW PROBE UP SW PROBE DOWN SW WBC METERING MOD RBC METERING MOD F START SWITCH REAGENT EMPTY SENSORS EXT WASTE EMPTY SEN A INT WASTE EMPTY SEN R
181. al 9211019 July 93 9 44 Section 9 Back Service Model 1600 Preamplifier Removal Contd e Remove the top left hand screw on the preamplifier housing assembly f Remove the screw on the lower left hand corner of the preamplifier housing assembly g Mark cables on the preamplifier board prior to disas sembly h Using a 1 4 nut driver remove the four metal standoffs as shown i Lift the preamplifier board off the chassis After replacement Perform and verify 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 45 Section 9 Search Book Go Back Service Model 1600 RBC and WBC Transducer Removal m ven 2 Both the RBC and WBC transducers are removed according lt to the following procedure W 278 NOTE Before disassembling the transducer be certain that the sample probe is in full up position This will make it easier to remove the cables To remove a Remove Front Cover and Lower Front Panel b If any fluid remains in the transducers enter the special protocol screen and choose Drain Baths c Note transducer tubing destinations tag them and re move them from the transducer d Cut cable ties to tubing or cabling e If preamplifier is still installed in instrument simply loos en the top two preamplifier retaining screws to remove the cables that lead to the transducer 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019
182. alog outputs of the Metering Modules are converted to TTL levels by comparators U12 and placed directly on the DCM CDM data bus Signals from the Pump Relay PCB Probe Position Switches and Start Board are interfaced by Data Drivers U5 U10 Data is interfaced to the Solenoid Driver Modules via J32 This data is then multiplexed by One of Eight Decoders U1 U2 J3 J6 57 and J9 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 20 Section 4 Back Circuit Description Vacuum and pressure control data is latched by U14 and routed to the Pump Relay Module via J11 Pump status signals Vac On Pres On are converted to TTL levels by U3 and placed on the data bus by U5 LED drive signals are routed to the start board via J17 The start signal enters at J17 and is placed on the data bus by U5 4 9 Solenoid Driver Module Circuit Description References Figure 3 3 Schematic page 8 60 The purpose of the SDM is to provide drive current to the solenoids Each SDM has eight Darlington drivers 01 08 which are individually controlled by data bits 00 07 and data latch 03 There are two power modes available for each solenoid activate 24V and hold 12V This is controlled by the Hi CLK signal in conjunction with data bits DO D7 and current control latch U1 4 10 Motor Processor Module MPM Circuit Description References Figure 3 3 Schematic pages 8 65 8 66
183. ams are loaded into the CMOS RAMs as needed The CCM circuitry is composed of a parallel port that is multiplexed between being input or output The port is used to exchange commands and data between the User Interface Subsystem and the Fluidics and Measurements Subsystems The Keyboard circuitry is composed of a parallel port that is part output and part input The port is used to scan the Keyboard The Keyboard is the main method the user has to alter variables and characteristics of the instrument The Terminal circuitry is composed of a RS232C serial port set to 19 2 kilobaud eight bits of data with no parity The port is used to drive a terminal that is a combined ANSI and TEKTRONIX 4014 monitor The Terminal is the main method the user obtains data from the instrument The Graphic Printer circuitry is composed of a parallel port that is used for output data and input of control signals The port is used to send data to the Graphics Printer The Graphics Printer is the standard method the user has for receiving hardcopy The Ticket Printer circuitry is composed of a parallel port that is used for the output of data and the input of control signals The port is used to send data to the Ticket Printer The speaker circuitry is composed of a buffer and amplifier The output is used to drive a speaker The speaker is used to signal keystrokes and or error conditions The External Computer circuitry is composed of a RS232C serial port that is
184. and Disk Software Revisions 122 Cycles solenoids on Flow Panel 128 Runs Motor Power Tests 129 Allows Manual Setting of Stepper Motor Idle and Run Power Levels 130 Allows Manual Operation of Individual Stepper Motors Direction Soeed and Number of Steps NOTE SERVICE DEC CODES 128 129 and 130 are explained In detail In APPENDIX F SAMPLE PROBE DESCRIPTION AND ALIGNMENT 6 5 Raw Data Description 6 5 1 DISCUSSION The RAW DATA softkey will display raw data obtained in the last count cycle Figure 6 2 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 7 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting When a single count is done all data is contained in the first column When a PLT recount occurs data from the first cycle appears in column 2 and data from the recount appears in column 1 6 5 2 RAW DATA DISPLAY DESCRIPTION RBC WBC and PLT count are RAW uncorrected total counts error is not used HGB Reference is the output of the A D Convertor when reading Reference 2000 5 volts HGB Sample is the output of the A D Convertor when reading sample 2000 5 volts WBC and RBC Up Times are the last upper times in milliseconds WBC and RBC Cnt Times are the last upper times in milliseconds Flow Error is coded Clog or Flow Error data RBC RER is RBC Cell Editing percentage WBC and RBC Up Max and Up Min are the maximum and minimum Upper Times WBC and RB
185. and Parts Layout Search Book Back Section 8 e ma Lesen LEUR HR 10 7070 7070 ead gal U D 7D gl 4 g 1 iir Component Location Few 1 0 GLM 8 84 9211019 July 1993 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual Section 8 Search Book TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout Widen Amplifies or 2 5 gt Drive 0 90 Movror Fev LG 14 CRT CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 85 Section 8 Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout L nn 1 zum CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 86 Section 9 Search Book Go Back Service Section Table of Contents e 9 1 Introduction e 9 2 Safety Precautions 9 3 Service Equipment Required 9 4 Disassembly Replacement Procedures Section 9 Back Service 9 1 Introduction This section describes subassembly removal and replacement procedures for all field replaceable system components and safety precautions to be taken during servicing procedures It also includes a list of required service equipment CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 2 Section 9
186. anual 9211019 July 93 9 88 Section 9 Book Back Service Model 1400 Bezel Removal To remove a Remove Front Cover b Loosen 2 screws on the left side of the bezel using a 2 phillips screwdriver LIT LLL Remove the right side cover d Remove two screws from the right side and behind the bezel e Pull the bezel slightly toward you but do not attempt to remove the bezel from the instrument before unplugging the cable connected to rear of bezel f Reach behind the panel and unplug connector 9520388 a 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 89 Section 9 Search Book Go Back Service Model 1400 PC Board Removal On the 1400 the PC boards are accessed from the right side of the instrument and the PCBs are mounted horizontally These PCBs include the Video Display Module the Main Amplifier Module MAM the Device Control Module DCM the Signal Processor Module SPM and the Cell Count Module CCM To remove the PCBs In general removal procedure is the same for all PCBs To remove individual boards a Remove Right Side Cover b When removing PC boards note position of ribbon ca ble connectors and tag or mark each connector for cor rect replacement during reassembly c Lift up on the board extractors and slide board out to the side of the instrument After replacing PCBs
187. aracteristics of recovery from Iron Deficiency ACTION Review smear due to alerts and abnormal results and histograms CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 45 Search Book Go Back Appendix WBC 185 LYM 1 6 8 4 L MID 0 7 3 9 M GRAN 16 2 87 7 G RBC 4 69 M uL HGB 12 9 g dL HCT 39 4 MCV 84 fL MCH 275 pg MCHC 32 7 g dL RDW 148 PLT 556 MPV 6 7 fL PCT 0 37 PDW 18 3 10 GSD 100 200 Cells Reference Differential Lymphocytes 4 5 Variant Lymphs Monocytes 5 0 Eosinophils Basophils Neutrophils 81 5 Bands Stabs 9 0 Myelolcytes Metamyelocytes Promyelocytes Blasts COMMENTS Increased WBC and histogram shape are characteristics of Granulocytosis or Left Shift CASE EXAMPLE 10 RBC PLT 2 5 10 15 150 200 250 20 3 30 Red Cell Morphology Anisocytosis Poikilocytosis Microcytosis Macrocytosis Polychromasia Spherocytosis Target Cells Toxic Granulation Hypersegmented Polys Nucleated RBC s 100 WBC s Reticulocytes 17 1000 RBC s ACTION Review smear due to abnormal results and histograms CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 46 Search Book Go Back Appendix WBC 9 7 LYM 3 2 32 6 L MID 1 5 R3 15 8 GRAN 50 R3 51 6 G RBC 3 98 HGB 116 g dL HCT 33 8 MCV 85 fL MCH 29 1 pg MCHC
188. are MORE Used to display additional functions PRINTER OUTPUT Used to toggle printer output on and off PROBE UP Moves Sample Probe up and above RBC Cup PROBE DOWN Moves Sample Probe above WBC Cup and then to aspirate position INI TIALIZATION Used to perform an initialization cycle returns movable components to home position and performs internal self tests RAW DATA Used to display raw measurement data for last specimen CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 2 Section 6 Search Book TOC Go Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting COUNT TEST Used to run specimens without returning to Run Menu and display Raw Data WBC HISTOGRAM Used to display WBC count and histogram data accumulated in each of 256 size channels RBC HISTOGRAM Used to display RBC histogram data accumulated in each of 256 size channels PLT HISTOGRAM Used to display PLT count and histogram data accumulated in each of 256 size channels SMOOTHING ON OFF Used to toggle histogram display status With smoothing off only raw counts are displayed With smoothing on channels are numbered data is normalized and the number of the peak channel is shown Figure 6 1 6 3 Fault Report Description A detailed description of all faults generated by the CD1600 1400 software and hardware is contained in Table 6 1 The fault classifications reported in the Fault Report primarily contains data pertaining to the last CCM f
189. ately 18 fi PLT 556 G L PLT Figure 5 11 PLT GAIN ADJUSTMENS part A CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 40 Section 5 Search TOC Go Back Alignment and Calibration Mar 18 1993 12 18 CELL DYN 1600 Serial 20727 Operator I D oS UIM Disk Version 1 25 Sequence 19 Command was 100 PLT histogram data smogthing 1 2 5 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 o 17 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 4 4 4 55 5 5 5 5 5 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 49 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 65 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 81 2 5 5 3 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 5 5 6 6 6 97 7 7 7 7 8 9 9 10 11 12 12 1 14 15 17 17 113 16 18 19 20 22 24 25 29 52 37 42 49 54 59 65 75 129 77 86 71 95 96 99 100 100 100 95 91 88 79 145 76 74 67 67 64 59 56 52 49 49 46 44 42 40 29 37 161 57 56 54 54 55 51 350 29 26 25 25 21 20 18 17 14 177 5 2 10 9 6 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 4 4 193 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2 5 5 5 5 5 5 209 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 225 5 5 5 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 4 241 4 4 4 4 4 5 4 of 100 at channel 136 ROM Version 3 1 07 12 07 88 1600 UIM ROM Version VER 5 11 5 26 87 MPM ROM Version 1 1 05 01 91 Figure 5 11 PLT GAIN ADJUSTMENTS part B CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 41 Section 5 Back Alignment and Calibration
190. ault Enter the DIAGNOSTIC menu and pressing FAULT REPORT will display the last fault generated A display of No Faults or Warnings Pending indicates that all faults have been cleared CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 3 Section 6 Search Book Go Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting 6 4 Service Special Commands 6 4 1 DISCUSSION Several commands are available to initiate individual actions in the CD 1400 and CD1600 hardware and software These commands are used for troubleshooting and or alignment when a single action is desired or required to be repeated several times The special command mode resides in the diagnostics section of the software Diagnostics may be entered from the main menu Once in diagnostics the fourth 4th softkey from the left labeled Service Dec Codes enters the command mode When this softkey is depressed the following line will appear on the CRT SERVICE FUNCTION ONLY ENTER COMMAND A command can now be entered Depressing the enter key on the keyboard will initiate the action Only one command can be entered at a time and the softkey must be depressed each time prior to entering a command With later software revisions many of the following numeric commands have been given a direct softkey to activate operation All commands available by direct softkey can be accessed by depressing the MORE softkey CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manua
191. c field of one character A value of 1 indicates that the flag is set and a value of 0 indicates that it is clear URI Flag Field 31 The URI Flag is in a numeric field of one character A value of 1indicates that the flag is set and a value of 0 indicates that it is clear RO WBC Flag Field 32 The RO WBC Flag is in a numeric field of one character A value of 1 indicates that the flag is set and a value of 0 indicates that it is clear Spare Flag Field 33 The Spare Flag is in a numeric field of one character It has a constant value of 0 at this time Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 17 7 3 28 7 3 29 7 3 30 7 3 31 7 3 32 7 3 33 Search Book Go Back WBC Lower Meniscus Time Field 34 The WBC Lower Meniscus Time is in a numeric field five 5 characters long It gives the time in units of milliseconds WBC Upper Meniscus Time Field 35 The WBC Upper Meniscus Time is in a numeric field five 5 characters long It gives the time in units of milliseconds RBC Lower Meniscus Time Field 36 The RBC Lower Meniscus Time is in a numeric field five 5 characters long It gives the time in units of milliseconds RBC Upper Meniscus Time Field 37 The RBC Upper Meniscus Time is in a numeric field five 5 characters long It gives the time in units of milliseconds Recount RBC Lower Meniscus Time Field 38 The Recount RBC Lower Meniscus Time is
192. cause orifice pro tein build up to occur slightly more rapidly To minimize occurrence of this situation the WBC orifice should be cleaned with CELL DYN Enzymatic Cleaner when the WBC count time is increased more man 1 second DIFF SCREEN DATA CAN BE AFFECTED BY LYSE REAGENT TYPE AMOUNT USED AND ADDITION TIMING Any variation in the type and amount of lyse reagent used as well as the time the lyse is added can adversely affect the diff screen results The lytic action for lots 9 to 12 of CELL DYN Diff Screen Lyse is slightly different due to slight differences in the purity of certain base chemicals used For lots 13 and above the base chemicals used are standardized To eliminate results variations due to lyse for mulation it is strongly recommended that lyse reagent lots 9 to 12 be replaced with lots 13 and above CELL DYN 2000 dispenses 1mL of lyse as the blood and diluent is transported from the specimen valve to the WBC dilution bath The 1 2 3 timing of this process is optimized so that 1 blood and some CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 24 Appendix B Search Book Go Back diluent to lessen the shock of the lyse is added to the bath 2 then lyse is added and 3 then the remaining diluent rinses lyse from tubing and is added to bath Any change in the process can adversely affect the diff screen results For example slight restriction of lyse syringe move caused by a dirty syringe
193. cer Verify that there are no leaks 16 Run Reference Blood and verify precision and accuracy PROCEDURE COMPLETED CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 24 Appendix C Search Back 1 6 3 Flow Panel Rear Access WARNING RUBBER GLOVES SHOULD BE WORN WHEN PERFORMING THIS PRO CEDURE 1 TURN INSTRUMENT POWER OFF 2 Open Cap Piercer and remove Cover Plate over Stepper Driver PCB 3 Remove Guide Bracket from bottom left of Cap Piercer 4 Carefully remove tubing from Sample Transfer Cup b Remove silicon tubing from solenoid 1 7 and disconnect tubing from left side of T fitting between solenoids 1 7 and 1 8 6 Remove silicon tubing from solenoid 2 8 and disconnect tubing from left side of T fitting between solenoids 2 8 and 3 8 Remove the four screws at corners and one in center of Flow Panel Remove Power Connector from J2 on Stepper Driver PCB and push through hole in Flow Panel Flow Panel may now be moved out of housing for rear access PROCEDURE COMPLETE CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 25
194. cle is thirteen and one half seconds The detectors are masked at certain times to prevent false triggering due to bubbles preceding the meniscus There ate maximum and minimum limits for certain events it the actual time does not fall within these limits a Clog indication will result The precision of the sample timing is also checked by a Running Average Program If the next Sample rime does not fall within the limits a Clog indication will result Clogs are indicated by count times displayed on the CRT in inverse video CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 21 Section 4 Search Book TOC Go Back Circuit Description Section Table of Contents Introduction Pre Amplifier Module PAM Main Amplifier Module MAM Signal Processor Module SPM Cell Count Module CCM Metering Module Device Control Module DCM Cable Distribution Module CDM Solenoid Driver Module SDM Motor Processor Module MPM Stepper Driver PCB Vacuum Regulator Module VRM User Interface Module UIM Graphics Logic Module GLM CRT Assembly Battery Speaker Module BSM Power Supply Module PSM Switching Power Supply Module Pump Relay Module PRM CSA Power Supply Module Video Display Module VDM 1400 Only CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 1 Section 4 Search Back Circuit Description 4 1 Introduction This section cont
195. ction or follow up Specimens run for the first time with an abnormal result or histogram or with an alert require a fol low up smear examination to establish baseline data and to confirm the analyzer results Specimens run to monitor therapy with established baseline results even though there is an abnormal result or histogram or an alert require no additional action or follow up unless a result has changed more than 50 from the previous result or the shape of any histogram has significantly changed Report the diff screen results for this type of specimen when the results and histograms are unchanged as Differential Data Unchanged EXPECTED DIFF RESULTS Reset reference ranges for the differential leukocytes count published in Table 1 of Koepke JA et al A CRITICAL EVALUATION OF THE MANUAL VISUAL DIFFERENTIAL LEUKOCYTE COUNTING METHOD Blood Cells 1985 11 173 186 are as follows PERCENT ABSOLUTE LYMPHOCYTE LYM 10 50 0 6 3 4 Lymphocyte Variant 0 8 5 0 0 0 7 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 34 Appendix B Go Back PERCENT ABSOLUTE MONOCYTE MID 0 12 0 0 0 9 EOSINOPHIL 0 9 5 0 0 0 7 0 2 5 0 0 0 2 NEUTROPHIL GRAN 37 80 2 0 6 9 Neutrophil Band 0 12 0 0 0 9 For specimens with normal values correlation of CELL DYN LYM and GRAN results to manual
196. d specifically to count and size blood cells During these early years all blood counting devices were semi automated and required the user to dilute the whole blood specimen via an external device prior to the measurement There were a few competitors primarily in Sweden Then in the mid to late 60 s the Coulter S was introduced This was the first unit that accepted the whole blood specimen directly and diluted it internally It proved to be a huge success and became the standard by which subsequent automated hematology analyzers were judged In the late 60 s and early 70 s Technicon a company known for its automated chemistry devices introduced and marketed the Hemalog an automated hematology device to count and size blood cells utilizing an OPTICAL NON LASER LIGHT SCATTER METHOS Ortho another company introduced an automated device to count and size blood cells utilizing an OPTICAL LASER LIGHT SCATTER METHOD Both of these competitive entries were marginally successful in the beginning but were limited by performance and result accuracy variations When Coulter s patent expired 1973 there was an influx of companies developing particle counting devices based on the Resistance or Coulter method The success of these companies was minimal until the end of the 70 s when most of the competitive hematology counting devices had been refined sufficiently to provide accurate results at least in the normal range for the white cells count
197. d and employed as a 16 bit pre settable synchronous counter CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 16 Section 4 Back Circuit Description DMA TIMING AND CONTROL In order to process cell pulse data in a synchronous manner a lower frequency cell clock is generated from the 1 mhz clock An LS92 U6 is used to divide the 1 mhz by 12 The output of this counter 83 3 khz is presented to the SPM and also used internally by the CCM This in effect synchronizes the pulse processing A to D circuitry on the SPM with the pulse counting circuitry on the CCM An RBC PLT or cell pulse is processed within a 6 microsecond time frame WBC pulses are handled when the cell clock signal is high RBC or PLT pulses are processed when the cell clock signal is low This 6 us time includes the SPM A to D conversion time about 1 8 to 2 4 us and an intentional SPM delay of 1 us before the start of conversion A pulse height the A to D output produced by the SPM is strobed into an LS374 latch U1 on the CCM by the SPM s EOC end of convert signal Pin 9 on J2 and TP7 Given that CER CEW is active the arrival of this EOC signal also starts a CCM cell processing READ COUNT WRITE DMA sequence that proceeds as follows A The signal DMR Direct Memory Read is generated by an LS175 F F U2 This is a 1 us pulse that is used to read the PHM data at the address specified
198. ded by nine to generate the character clock CCLK CCLK is the clock input to the 6845 CRTC The CRTC generates character and row addresses at this rate CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 31 Section 4 Search Back Circuit Description 4 MPU timing CCLK is divided by two to generate the Q and E signals for the MPU This frequency is 0 888 Mhz for a cycle width of 1126 ns The video display RAM is accessed twice during every MPU cycle fetching a character and attribute each time 16 bits When E is high and the MPU accesses the video RAM the processor has priority a blanking signal is generated to be asserted when the corresponding missing video character scan time is active However a is intended that software make use of the vertical sync time to access the video RAM This will be adequate given that the incoming data rate is 960 char sec and that the amount of data received is relatively low CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 32 Section 5 Book Back Alignment and Calibration Section Table of Contents e Introduction e Test Equipment and Supplies Required e Preparation for Alignment Calibration e Order of Alignment Calibration e Vacuum and Pressure Adjustments Metering System Timing Adjustments RBC WBC Power Supply Voltage Verification Adjustments e Diluent Sample Lyse
199. dif ferential results is generally within 10 For specimens with abnormal values correlation of CELL DYN LYM GRAM results to manual differential results can be greater than 10 espe cially when one or more region alert are activated NORMAL VALUES FOR AUTOMATED BLOOD COUNTS PARAMETER Me oe Children Children Children at 1 Month at 2 Years at 10 Years gt 18 Years gt 18 Years uL 4600 10200 4600 10200 5000 20000 6000 17000 5000 13000 Lymphocytes uL 600 34 600 3400 6000 6300 31001 Lymphocytes 10 50 10 50 Soe 607 407 Monocytes uL 0 900 0 900 Monocytes 0 12 0 12 67 927 41 Eosinophils uL 0 700 0 700 Eosinophils 96 0 7 0 7 ou 207 Basophils uL 0 200 0 200 Basophils 96 0 2 5 0 2 5 0 5 0 5 0 5 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 35 Appendix B Go Back NORMAL VALUES FOR AUTOMATED BLOOD COUNTS PARAMETER E Children Children Children gt 18 Years gt 18 Years at 1 Month at 2 Years at 10 Years Neutrophils uL 2000 6900 2000 6900 3800 3500 4400 Neutrophils 37 80 37 80 307 30 50 Bands uL 0 900 0 900 Bands 0 12 0 12 Se 3 RBC G uL 4 69 6 13 4 04 5 48 3 9 5 9 3 8 5 4 3 8 5 4 Hemoglobin g dL 14 1 18 1 12 2 16 2 15 18 11 13 12 15 Hematocrit 43 5 53 7 37 7 47 9
200. e 1 of 2 e Schematic MPM Motor Processor Module 2 of 2 e Schematic Chopper Driver Schematic UIM User Interface Module 1 of 4 e Schematic UIM User Interface Module 2 of 4 Schematic UIM User Interface Module 3 of 4 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 iii Section 8 Back Schematics and Parts Layout e Schematic User Interface Module 4 of 4 Schematic MBM Mother Board Module PCB Schematic PSM Power Supply Module Switching Power Supply Boschert Schematic Power Distribution BD e Graphon Video Display 1 of 7 e Video Display 2 of 7 e Graphon Video Display 3 of 7 e Graphon Video Display 4 of 7 e Graphon Video Display 5 of 7 e Graphon Video Display 6 of 7 e Graphon Video Display 7 of 7 e 220 230 240 Component Location e GO 240 Monitor Display Monitor CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 iv Section 8 TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 8 1 Introduction This section contains schematic diagrams and parts location drawings for the CELL DYN 1600 and CELL DYN 1400 Hematology Analyzers CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 1 Section 8 Search TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout PRE AMPLIFIER MODULE SAMPLE PROBE ASSY TRANSDUC
201. e System by sending a NAK 15 hex before expiration of the time out A message will be sent by the System a maximum of two 2 times After that the same con ditions prevail as after a time out Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 B May 1996 5 Search Book Go Back 5 4 Message Format 5 5 4 1 5 4 2 5 4 3 5 4 4 5 4 5 5 4 6 5 4 7 5 4 8 ID SEGMENT RESULT SEGMENT CHECK SUM There are four 4 types of messages each distinguished by its ID segment WBC Histogram Message RBC Histogram Message PLT Histogram Message Count Data Message The four messages taken together represent all the results of testing a single specimen Each message begins with STX hex 02 The Identification ID segment is described fully in Section 6 The Result segment is described fully in Section 7 The Check Sum is always provided and may be optionally processed by the Host to verify correct transmission It is generated by taking the module 256 sum of all the characters in the message except the STX and ETX characters The two digit hexadecimal representation of the Check Sum is placed immediately before the ETX as two ASCII characters The ETX character hex 03 is the last character of the message Message Length Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 B 1996 6 5 4 9 Go Back Each of the three Histogram messages 15 310 charac
202. e enter as described in step e above Prepare an RBC latex dilution CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 33 Section 5 X Search Book TOC Go Back Alignment and Calibration Add 1 drop of well mixed 5 0 latex particle solution to the 5ml of diluent already in RBC Cup Enter RUN mode run the sample and observe the RBC histogram The Peak MODE should be at approximately 98fl Figure 5 8 NOTE The RBC count should be between 3 00 and 6 00 If the count is outside this range adjust the dilution ratio of the latex particles by adding more saline or latex to RBC Cup Turn SMOOTHING and press RBC HISTOGRAM When adjusted properly the peak count of 100 is in channel 98 2 channels Figure 5 8 Alternately adjust R9 and use the GAIN ADJUST TEST softkey to position the peak in channel 98 2 channels Leave SMOOTHING ON Use SERVICE DEC CODE 101 to view High Current Histogram The Peak Mode should be in channel 98 2 channels Alternately adjust R8 RBC gain 2 Adjust and use GAIN ADJUST TEST softkey to posi tion the peak count of 100 in channel 98 2 channels Figure 5 8 Enter RUN rode and run the latex sample three times and calculate the average of the three RBC counts Refer to Cell Edit ChaR Fig 5 9 and find the target value for Edit Ratio Percentage that coincides with the calculated average Example A count of 3 5 million will yi
203. e vacuum fluctuation or orifice debris are external factors that can affect the detergent flow Protein accumulation or orifice debris can cause cell passage distor tion which affects cell sizing accuracy However cell count accuracy is generally unaffected by these situations since the amount of diluted specimen measured does not change because the metering tube bore size and the distance between the start and stop detectors does not change The use of volumetric metering is widely recognized as providing superior measurement precision and accuracy In fact volumetric metering is the method recommended by the International Committee for Standardization in Hematology ICSH to ensure that a precise volume of diluted specimen is counted CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 9 Appendix B Go Back and sized during each measurement cycle T d 4 4 At the beginning of each measurement cycle detergent starts to flow down the metering tube towards the upper detector When the detergent meniscus passes the upper detector it activates the photo transistor to start signal passage impulse acceptance and accumulation The detergent meniscus continues down the metering tube and passes the lower detector activating the photo transistor to stop signal passage impulse acceptance and accumulation CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211
204. e connections in the instrument are seated properly Visually inspect all connectors for discoloration which might indicate bad connection or excessive current draw 7 8 Alignment and Calibration POWER ON PRESSURE AND VACUUM SYSTEMS 1 Poweron the instrument and let it initialize Push the run key and prime the instrument With the instrument in the ready mode the vacuum pump and the low pressure pump should not cycle more often than 1 time every 2 minutes If the pumps run more often find the leaks and repair them CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 7 8 Section 7 Back Preventive Maintenance 2 Verify and record the high pressure pump output backflush waste drain Follow procedure in service manual sec 5 5 3 Replace pump if it can t achieve a minimum of 4 PSI PSI ___3 Verify and record the maximum output of both vacuum pumps individually Attach vacuum gauge to each pump one at a time with tubing from vacuum regulator detached from vacuum accumulator Each pump should be able to pull a minimum of 10 of Hg If not replace that pump or the whole pump assy Bottom Hg J Hg 4 Verify and record the regulated 0 6 PSI pressure pump bubble mix Should tum on above 55 PSI and turn off at or below 6 PSI PSI 5 a background count and check the count times Raw Data and record them below a
205. e location for each procedure is listed in Table 9 2 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 7 Section 9 Search Book Back Table 9 2 Model 1600 1400 Subassembly Removal and Replacement Procedures Service Removal Replacement Procedure Model 1600 Top Cover Panel Removal Model 1600CS Front Cover Removal Model 1600CS Lower Front Panel Removal Model 1600 Bezel Removal Model 1600 Right Cover Removal Model 1600 Left Cover Removal Model 1600 RBC and WBC Aperture Plate Removal Model 1600 Saline Syringe Driver Assembly Removal Model 1600 Saline Syringe Removal Model 1600 Sample Syringe Driver Assembly Removal Model 1600 Cage Mounted PC Board Removal Model 1600 Mother Board Removal Model 1600 Speaker Board Removal Model 1600 UIM Board 9600550 Removal Model 1600 CRT Removal Model 1600 Main Power Supply Removal CSA Version Model 1600 Switching Power Supply Removal Model 1600 Logic Module Board Removal Model 1600 Preamplifier Removal Section 9 Search Book Back Service Table 9 2 Model 1600 1400 Subassembly Removal and Replacement Procedures Continued Removal Replacement Procedure Model 1600 RBC and WBC Transducer Removal Model 1600 Metering Tube Removal Model 1600 Sample Probe Driver Assembly Removal Model 1600 Sample Probe Needle Re
206. e nylon standoffs and pull outward on the board to remove it from the mounting After replacement Verify the 5 volts adjustment para 5 7 4 e Verify Null Modem 85232 configuration 2 Appendix A 5232 Interface Specification 1 T 2 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 35 Section 9 Go Back Service Model 1600 CRT Removal To remove a Remove Top Cover and Right Cover b Remove Bezel c Loosen the two screws at the top cover above the CRT tube and lift the cover upward and to the rear it will be self supporting d Remove the single Phillips head screw holding the card cage in the chassis e Slide the card cage out toward the front of the instru ment until it stops f The CRT cable is plugged into PC Board No 9211100 beneath the CRT Unplug cable at rear of the PCB 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 36 Section 9 TOC Go Back Service Model 1600 CRT Removal Cont d g If only the CRT has to be replaced remove the one screw holding the PC board cage in place and slide it forward to access the CRT retaining screws h Use a stubby Phillips head screwdriver to remove three retaining screws on the bottom of the CRT assembly 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 Section 9 Service Model
207. e of the CCM The process ran approximately N seconds be fore the timeout occurred Process Aborted A count test was stopped either by the operator or because of a fault detected by the CCM Fix then press CLEAR ALARM An operator correctable fault condition was detected Process Monitoring Aborted A process was stopped by the operator by use of the asterisk key CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 33 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting 9 2 Messages appearing on various parts of the screen Incomplete Aspiration a CD1400CS not enough blood was detected for last sample processed Cannot do this function The operator has attempted to issue a command to the CCM that cannot be executed because of a pending fault condition WBC meniscus detection RBC meniscus detection meniscus detector TRUE sensed at metering start or meniscus not detected during valid time interval During the most recent count a meniscus was not detected or was detected at an unexpected time WBC count timeout clog RBC count timeout clog During the most recent count a clog occurred Guard electrode voltage warning During the most recent count the guard electrode voltage was out of range CCM pulse height memory saturation warning During the most recent count there was an overflow in one of the pulse height arrays histograms CELL DYN 1600 1400
208. e seal and the metallic syringe mount Allow the calibration block to rest on the plunger holder Tighten the calibration block alien screw CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 46 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration Directional valve block Diluent syringe metallic mount 1 5 mm gap from white seal to metallic mount White syringe seal Syringe plunger rod Knurled nut tor syringe holder block syringe holder block Syringe clip Locking collar calibration block Plunger holder Knurled nut syringe Figure 5 12 DILUENT SYRINGE CALIBRATION BLOCK ADJUSTMENT DIAGRAM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 47 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration 5 15 Sample Probe Description and Alignment The motors that perform the functions of Sample Probe up down and rotate are stepper motors and are under direct competer control Since there is no direct positional feedback sent to the computer position switches are employed to verify critical positions during normal opeation It is important to understand that these switches only verify and not control the movement of the Sample Probe In the Diagnostics mode there are Service Dec Codes 128 129 and 130 available that allow the Service Representative to control and exercise all stepper motors in the CD1600 This descr
209. ed cell recirculation on the platelet count Sequoia Turner Corporation in 1981 introduced CELL DYN 800 which was the first of a constantly growing line of low cost bench top analyzers Since then the CELL DYN series of analyzers has pro vided many innovative first in blood cell counting devices CELL DYN 900 introduced in 1984 was the first semi automated cell counter to provide platelet counts on whole blood It employs the patented von Behrens transducer with its special divider plate to minimize the effect of recirculating red cells on the platelet count This approach has proven to provide count accuracy in the critical 10 000 to 50 000 uL low platelet range and is more economical to operate and maintain than devices using a sheath stream Another area of hematology that was being heavily researched in the mid 70 s was the white cell differ ential As a result devices to automate the differential measurement using a computerized pattern rec ognition methodology were introduced in the late 1970 s These devices were marginally successful due to 1 their high purchase price 2 their inability to accurately identify abnormal cells and 3 the fact that their results were being compared to the 100 cells differential which was impre cise and extremely subjective procedure with NO standard or reliable reference method Today there is only one analyzer of this type still being marketed the Geometric Data Hematrak Subsequently
210. ee General Information Theory of Operations Service Manual Circuit Descriptions CELL D YN 8 1600 1400 Alignment and Calibration Diagnostic Troubleshooting A utoma ted Hema tology Preventative Maintenance Schematics Parts Layout Ana lyz er Service Appendix 85232 Interface Specification Appendix Understanding CELL DYN Diff Screen Analyzers Appendix Cap Piercer Option Abbott Laboratories 1993 Abbott Diagnostics Abbott Park IL 60064 Abbott Diagnostics is a wholly owned 9211019 July 93 subsidiary of Abbott Laboratories Search Book Back Service Manual CELL DYN 1600 1400 AUTOMATED HEMATOLOGY ANALYZER This manual applies to all Abbott Diagnostics Division and Sequoia Turner Cell Dyn Model 1600 and 1400 Automated Hematology Systems Copyright 1993 Abbott Diagnostics Division All rights reserved Copying or other reproduction of this document is prohibited without prior written consent of Abbott Diagnostics Division Compliance With Regulatory Codes Hematology procedures and the handling of blood may fall under the control of or more regulatory bodies of the federal state and municipal governments These codes may vary from location to location Many of them are in the process of evolutionary change It is important that each Cell Dyn 1600 1400 owner deter mine what codes apply to the intended application and that a
211. eir final destinations by the PDM 4 19 Pump Relay Module PRM Circuit Descriptions References Figure 3 3 Schematic page 8 64 E PRM provides drive to the vacuum and pressure pumps via three Solid State Relays K1 K2 and 3 4 20 CSA Power Supply Module Circuit Description References Assembly Drawings in Section 8 The AC and DC functions of the supply are handled by an AC Board and a DC Board The AC Board routes 115 VAC throughout the instrument in the same manner as the non CSA supply The same DC voltages are generated on the DC Board as in the non CSA supply and they ate used for the same purposes A key point to note is that the 12 VDC and 24 VDC used for solenoid drive are now fused ii this is not taken into consideration it could cause some confusion in troubleshooting solenoid problems None of the voltages are adjustable on the CSA supply CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 29 Section 4 Search Back Circuit Description 4 21 Video Display Module VDM Circuit Description 1400 Only Requirements The display capabilities match that off the IBM monochrome adapter including inverse video under lining blinking cursor control etc However unlike the IBM adapter data input is via an RS 232 com munications port at 9600 baud Output is compatible with original IBM PC text display with no hercules graphics and no 132 column mode The outputs to the moni
212. eld an Edit Ratio of 27 Enter the DIAGNOSTICS mode and display RAW DATA CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 34 Section 5 Back Alignment and Calibration Observe the RBC RER It should be within 1 of Target value An Edit Ratio of 27 can be between 26 and 28 percent Figure 5 10 If RBC Editing Ratio is out of range alternately adjust R72 on the MAM PCB and use the GAIN ADJUST TEST softkey to run the sample until RBC Editing Ratio is within 1 of target value NOTE Clockwise adjustment of R72 increases the percentage Retum to the RUN mode and run the sample Observe the RBC Histogram The trailing edge should be straight with almost no hump Figure 5 10 Connect oscilloscope to TP7 PLT OUT and ground to TP9 Set scope for 10mv division DC If you prefer you may use a DVM to make this adjustment Adjust R16 PLT ZERO ADJUST so that the baseline of the noise signal is positioned at 0 00 volts 0 002 volts It not in Gain Adjust Mode enter as described in Step 5 Prepare a PLT latex dilution 1 Dispense 10 of diluent into a clean container 2 Add two 2 drops of 3 31 latex particle solution and mix well 3 Use 1 50 DILUTION softkey in SPECIAL PROTOCOLS while holding the latex dilution under the probe CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 35 Section 5
213. ells count is too high because cell stroma is included in the count In either of these situa tions the diff screen results are also affected Technical assistance is required to correct this situation CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 26 Appendix B TOC Go Back CORRECT LYM PEAK LOCATION WBC CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 27 Appendix B Go Back UNDERSTANDING RED CELL DISTRIBUTION WIDTH The red cells distribution width or RDW a relatively new parameter is determine from the red cells size distribution data The coefficient of variation of the size of the red cells around the mean is deter mined by the computer The size of the center 80 of the red cells is analyzed and a numeric value is determined for the RDW This value is directly related to the degree of anisocytosis of the red cells population Anisocytosisis a term referring to red cell morphology and indicates cell size variation observed on a stained smear It is reported in degrees from 1 to 4 Specimens with a low or normal RDW value less than 14 5 have a homogeneous uniform size cell population Specimens with a high RDW value greater than 18 have a heterogeneous mixed size cell population analogous to the degrees of anisocytosis from 1 to 4 with 18 equivalent to 1 Specimens with an RDW value between 14
214. ement procedures for all major system components The CELL DYN 1400 AND 1600 Automated Hematology Analyzers are complex systems Analyzer performance depends on several external components which together make up the complete hema tology system Each system comprises the following components and subsystems e OPERATO OPERATOR TECHNIQUE MAINTENANCE REAGENT SYSTEM ISOTONIC DILUENT ISOTONIC DETERGENT REFERENCE AUTOMATED LYSING REAGENT PATIENT AND CONTROL SAMPLES ENVIRONMENT POWER LINE INTEGRITY CELL DYN 1400 and 1600 ANALYZER DISPENSER SYSTEM REAGENT FLOW SYSTEM SAMPLING SYSTEM FLOW PANEL SYSTEM MEASUREMENT ELECTRONICS USER INTERFACE ELECTRONICS CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 1 2 Section 1 Search Back General Information 1 1 2 SERVICE EXPERIENCE Based on experience and service history the incidence of hematology problems and their causes tend to occur in the same descending order of components and subsystems listed above Note that the majority of problems and their causes will originate with components external to the analyzer It follows that all external components and conditions such as reagents environment integrity of samples and controls etc be checked and verified as correct before performing service on the analyzer itself In the investigation of any complaint the instrument should be the last component of the system to be sus pected 1 1 3
215. en the guidelines for X B target values are used Even without the computerized V B program one can confirm system calibration by simply calculating the arithmetic mean for MCV MCH and MCHC for 10 to 20 relatively normal speci CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 53 Appendix B Search TOC Go Back mens The resulting calculation values should fall within the guidelines for X B target values given above CELL DYN 2000 X B REPORT Jun 06 1986 Upper 92 7 30 90 87 3 29 10 MCV 88 6 29 14 88 6 29 13 88 6 29 24 69 0 29 29 88 9 29 38 88 9 29 37 89 1 29 52 89 8 29 82 89 8 29 80 89 7 29 77 89 4 29 67 89 9 29 81 89 8 29 79 88 3 29 40 88 3 29 40 88 1 29 30 88 8 29 42 88 1 29 12 88 0 29 27 88 2 29 28 gt b b d CoO MON OW h UU CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 55 02 32 98 MCHC 32 90 32 90 33 18 33 18 33 20 33 20 25 56 35 46 33 41 33 27 55 25 25 20 33 20 53 20 55 21 55 20 33 18 33 10 33 62 52 21 DATE 05 13 86 0S 13 86 05 14 86 05 14 86 05 14 86 05 14 86 05 14 86 05 15 86 05 15 86 05 15 86 05 15 86 05 15 86 05 16 86 05 16 86 05 16 86 05 16 86 05 16 86 05 17 86 05 17 86 05 17 86 17 01 18 52 08 42 09 21 11 17 15 26 21 40 08 56 09 10 11 55 14 49 16 16 00 46 99 07 1 09 13 23 16 55 04 21 08 12 14 56 15416 9211019 Jul
216. ended cable length is 30 meters or 100 feet The actual maxi mum workable cable length is dependent on the environment of the site the selected baud rate and the equipment being connected together 4 0 Data Interface 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 The asynchronous method of data transmission serial by bit is used All information transmitted is in character form and is represented by 7 bit ASCII Characters are transmitted in 10 bit format They consist of one 1 start bit eight 8 data bits least significant first no parity bit and one 1 stop bit Parity is ignored for both directions of transmission Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 B May 1996 3 Search Book Go Back 4 5 The transmission speed be selected at installation time from 300 600 1200 2400 4800 or 9600 bits per second by shorting two pins of header E2 on the User Interface Module UIM 9600550 or 9601700 The last sheet of this document shows where on the UIM to locate header E2 and to what each pin of E2 is connected 4 6 With the exception of the control characters mentioned in Section 5 only printable ASCII characters hex 20 to hex 7D are used in a message 5 0 Communication Protocol 5 1 Communication Modes 5 1 1 Run Menu Automatic Transmit Mode The User may select the Automatic Transmit mode on the Setup Menu This mode allows the automatic transmission of results during the RUN cycle If Auto matic Tra
217. ent in which the CCM resides The RAM is used by this program to hold raw measurement data excluding histogram data and the CCM s own local process control variables This R W memory is functionally and physically independent from the pulse height DMA memory on the CCM A summary of the main sections of the CCM is as follows Microprocessor Section System clock CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 12 Section 4 Search Back Circuit Description 6809E microprocessor amp support circuits EPROM for program storage RAM for program data storage VIA Versatile Interface Adapter for real time clock for interface to UIM for on board LED control for counting control DMA Direct Memory Access Section Pulse Height Memory PHM Cell Counter DMA timing and control Interface to microprocessor bus 4 5 2 MICROPROCESSOR SECTION 1 System Clock The CCM uses an 8 mz oscillator U10 that is divided by eight by a Johnson counter U20 to provide 1 mz system clocks for the 6809E microprocessor The signals E and Q are provided to the 6809E by the Johnson counter VUA Valid User Address is provided to the motherboard pin 10 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 13 Section 4 Search Back Circuit Description 2 6809E MICROPROCESSOR SUPPORT CIRCUITS The data and address buffers of the 6809E are buffered by LS640 0
218. er Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 50 Section 6 Search Book TOC Go Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting CCM program RAM memory The CCM detected a failure in its RAM CCM MPM message fault An error in CCM MPM inter processor communications occurred A fault was generated in an attempt to send receive motor or other command to from MPM or the MPM was unable to perform the func tion One of the following statements may also be displayed MPM to CCM message transmit error Command to be sent to MPM is incorrect Abnormal time out no MPM response Fault response from MPM Incorrect command to be sent to MPM Attempt to send MPM a new cmd while busy No such script in ROM or RAM CCM UIM message fault An enor in UIM CCM inter processor communications occurred DCM fault A fault was detected during power up check of the DCM board No response from CCM Press RESET switch on side panel The CCM is not functioning or the signal cable connecting CCM and UIM is faulty or disconnected CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 51 Section 6 Search Go Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting CCM is initializing The CCM is in the middle of its initialization process CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 52 Section 6 Search Book TOC Go Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting 6 9 CCM On Board Diagnostic LEDS The seven LEDs on the CD1600 CCM ca
219. erve flow system for leaks tubing place ment etc f Run a background count Verify all background values are within the specifications in the operators manual g Enter the date and time thru Set Up utility h Enter the CALIBRATION mode Type 94043 and record all Dil Factors i Record all Cal Factors j From MAIN menu enter an operator code of 99 This is to identify all runs performed by service personnel 5 4 Order of Alignment Calibration The following procedures are presented in a logical order to ensure proper alignment of me CELL DYN 1400 and 1600 it is important for the service representative to be aware that each individual proce dure is dependent on the prior procedures being done or verified as correct before proceeding Also any alignment performed at one point requires that subsequent alignment procedures be performed to completion The order used is as follows VACUUM AND PRESSURE ADJUSTMENTS RBC COUNT TIME ADJUSTMENT WBC COUNT TIME ADJUSTMENT POWER SUPPLY VOLTAGE CHECKS AND ADJUSTMENTS DISPENSER VOLUME VERIFICATION ADJUSTMENTS ALIGNMENT OF ME SIGNAL PROCESSOR MODULE 5 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 4 Section 5 Search Back Alignment and Calibration g ALIGNMENT OF ME DEVICE CONTROL MODULE h ALIGNMENT OF ME PRE AMP MODULE i ALIGNMENT OF THE MAIN AMP MODULE j MCV FINE TUNE ADJUSTMENT k PRECISION VERIFIC
220. es that none of the switches were activated when the failure occurred CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 52 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration Refer to Figure 5 18 The statement Switch 3 check indicates that Left Switch 3 failed when checked The statement On switch es 2 check indicates that Upper Switch 2 was activated when the failure occurred PROBE ROTATE RUN HARD STOP PRE MIX CUP RBC CUP 5 FA PROBE SHAKE b bx ADJUST SW 3 HERE DISPENSE POSITION ADJUST SW 4 HERE DISPENSE POSITION CENTER POSITION Figure 5 15 PROBE ROTATE RUN MODE The conditions described previously do not necessarily indicate that a switch has actually failed They only indicate that the switch was not read as activated when checked by the computer A failure could also be caused by improper switch alignment an electronic hardware failure or a mechanical hardware failure CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 53 Section 5 Search Book TOC Go Back Alignment and Calibration CELL DYN 1600 DIAGNOSTIC REPORT Oct 11 1988 16 25 CELL DYN 1600 Serial Operator I D UIM Disk Version 1 12 Sequence 772 Position Fault Fault data 00 04 00 DC 1 31 00 00 00 DD 1E 31 00 OO 00 OO 10 00 00 00 01 Cksum 19 31 22 bytes received Process number 49 Step number
221. escribed in paragraph 9 2 2 below WARNING ASSUME THAT ALL COMPONENTS MAY BE CONTAMINATED DO NOT EAT DRINK OR SMOKE IN THE AREA DO NOT REDUCE THE DECONTAMINATION TIME DO NOT TOUCH YOUR MOUTH EYES OR FACE AFTER CONTACT WITH THE INSTRUMENT WEAR A LAB COAT TO AVOID CONTACT WITH THE BLEACH SOLUTION WASH HANDS BEFORE AND AFTER EACH SERVICE CALL 9 2 2 DECONTAMINATION PROCEDURES a Ensure that all power is off Prepare a 196 sodium hypochlorite solution by mixing 1 part bleach to 4 parts water C Dampen a clean cloth with the solution and wipe all exterior surfaces and all assemblies which may be contacted d Dispose of the cloth as contaminated material Wait 30 minutes for decontamination to be fully effective before servicing CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 4 Section 9 Book TOC Back Service 9 2 3 PCB HANDLING Prevent electrical shock or damage to the instrument by disconnecting electrical power before removing any assembly or printed circuit board Use appropriate PRECAUTIONS whenever ser vicing the instrument while power is on Many of the PCB mounted components are extremely susceptible to static discharge Make sure that you discharge any static buildup by touching the chassis before handling any system PCB CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 5 Section 9 Book Back Service 93 Serv
222. eter 1 sample 4 6 10 2 WBC K ul CV lt 2 5 LYN k ul 0 6 4 1 CV lt 8 GRAN k ul 2 0 7 8 CV lt 7 RBC M ul 4 04 6 13 CV lt 1 7 HGB g dl 12 2 18 1 CV lt 1 2 HCT vol 37 7 53 7 CV lt 1 7 MCV fL 80 100 CV lt 1 5 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 Section 1 Search Book General Information Parameter Absolute within sample RDW 10 6 14 8 oy lt 3 5 PLT K ul 142 424 CV lt 6 0 1 Within sample protocol 1 sample run con secutively 20 times POWER SUPPLY Nominal VDC Range VDC Ripple VDC VOLTAGES PSM 12VDC unreg 5 0 N A 24VDC unreg 7 0 N A 100VDC 6 0 lt 30mv 15VDC 0 4 lt 30mv I5VDC 0 4 lt 30mv pp POWER SUPPLY Nominal VDC Range VDC Ripply VDC VOLTAGES PDM 12VDC 0 6 lt 80mv 12VDC 0 6 lt 80mv pp 24VDC unreg 7 0 N A 5VDC 0 1 lt 50mv pp CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 1 8 Section 1 Search General Information MEASUREMENT METHODS TRANSDUCER SYSTEM DILUTION used for assay SPECIMEN REQUIRED DATA DISPLAY Cell Counting and sizing Resistance with volumetric metering Hemoglobin Cyanmethemoglobin with autoblank Orifice Size diameter x length WBC 100 x 60 micrometers RBC PLT 60 x 70 micrometers WBC HGB 1 250 One part whole blood in a total volume of 250 parts d
223. ews holding any tubing to the probe mark the tubing appropriately For example mark the top tubing on the bottom of the probe to show where it 1 reconnects during reassembly i g Disconnect tubing TTAR 3 ELS P3 Wo ME CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 51 Section 9 Back Service Model 1600 Sample Probe Driver Assembly Removal Cont d SY h Disconnect the following cables before removing the sample probe mounting screws Ribbon cables at rear of sample probe behind chas sis Ribbon cable from chopper driver board assembly Cable No 9520442 is on top and Cable No 5520443 is on bottom b 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 52 Section 9 Book Service Model 1600 Sample Probe Driver Removal i Using an allen nut driver loosen the four mounting screws holding the metering tube or the sample probe drive assembly to the chassis j Lift the sample probe assembly partially up and out of the instrument Before lifting the sample probe assem bly completely out of the instrument check to make sure that all cables have been disconnected k Disconnect any cables that you find still attached mak ing sure to mark them before unplugging After replacement Perform Motor Power Test para 5 14 3 and align Sample Probe para 5 15 1
224. f 3 Assy Power Supply ETL 2 of 3 Assy Power Supply ETL 3 of 3 Assy Power Supply ETL 2 of 3 Assy Power Supply ETL 3 of 3 Assy Pump Syringe 10mL 2 of 3 Assy Pump Syringe 10mL 3 of 3 Assy Pump Syringe 100ul 2 of 3 Assy Pump Syringe 100ul 3 of 3 Assy Probe Sample Old Style Wash Block 2 of 6 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 Search TOC Go Master Table of Contents TOC 5 Search TOC Go Assy Probe Sample Old Style Wash Block 3 of 6 Assy Probe Sample Old Style Wash Block 4 of 6 Assy Probe Sample Old Style Wash Block 5 of 6 Assy Probe Sample Old Style Wash Block 6 of 6 Assy Probe Sample New Style Wash Block 2 of 6 Assy Probe Sample New Style Wash Block 3 of 6 Assy Probe Sample New Style Wash Block 4 of 6 Assy Probe Sample New Style Wash Block 5 of 6 Assy Probe Sample New Style Wash Block 6 of 6 Assy Transducer RBC Assy Transducer WBC Assy Cap Piercer Module 2 of 3 Assy Cap Piercer Module 3 of 3 Assy Needle Drive Assy Panel Flow Front 3 of 4 Assy Panel Flow Rear 4 of 4 Flow Diagram CD 1600 Diagram Cable Connection CD 1600 1 of 2 Diagram Cable Connection CD 1600 2 of 2 Diagram Cable Connection CD 1600 Cap Piercer 2 of 2 Diagram Cable Connection CD 1600 CSA 1 of 2 Diagram Cable Connect
225. fy the requirement of sin gle cell detection in the sensing zone CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 2 3 Section 2 Theory of Operation VOLTS CONSTANT CURRENT ANALOG SIGNAL MAIN COMPUTER TRANSDUCER HARDWARE DISCRIMINATOR DETERGENT R ORIFICE Ro SAMPLE METERING TUBE OPTICAL SWITCH DISPLAY DISTANCE VOLUME LOGIC oPricAL DECODE LED SWITCH METERING SYSTEM Figure 2 1 CELL DYN 1400 and 1600 BASIC BLOCK DIAGRAM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 2 4 Section 2 Theory of Operation It is the internal volume of the sensing zone that determines the ratio of dilution required By calcula tion the ideal dilution ratios for the Cell Dyn 1400 and 1600 are as follows RBC 1 12 500 WBC 1 250 Whole Blood PLT 1 12 500 These dilutions will reduce the coincidence of two or more cells in the sensing zone simultaneously but not eliminate it Fortunately this coincidence loss can be statistically predicted based on sample con centration and coincidence corrected before display 2 4 Sample Transport 30ul sample of whole blood is drawn into the Sample Tip and mixed with 7 5ml of saline to make the primary dilution A second 100ul is then aspirated from the primary dilution to make the secondary 1 12 500 RBC PLT dilution The primary dilution is then m
226. ge red wires Ensure cable is still in contact by toggling switch off on Deactivated 5 00V Activated 0 00V From diagnostic screen press Service Dec Code Key enter 129 and press Enter Select motor 3 press Enter set Run to 1 and press Enter set Idle to 1 and press Enter Press ENTER to exit utility Ignore Initialize message and press Service Dec Code enter 130 and press Enter Select motor 2 set direction to 0 set speed to 6 and move up 826 steps Note Screen will prompt for each entry The Enter key must be pressed after each number is entered Loosen both Locking Screws and move Microswitch Assembly 3 to rearmost position CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 64 Section 5 m Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration Select rotor 3 set direction to 0 set speed to 6 and move CCW 245 steps Select motor 3 set direction to 0 set speed to 8 and move 12 steps Select motor 3 set direction to 1 set speed to 6 and move CW 235 steps Move Microswitch Assembly foward until it just activates Level Microswitch Assembly ensure switch is activated and tighten Locking Screws Select motor 3 set direction to 0 set speed to 8 and move CCW 2 steps Verify switch is deactivated it not select motor 3 set direction to 1 set speed to 8 move CW 2 steps and re adjust switch position as described in step Q
227. gy Anisocytosis Poikilocytosis Microcytosis Macrocytosis Polychromasia Spherocytosis Target Cells Toxic Granulation Hypersegmented Polys Nucleated RBC s 100 WBC s Reticulocytes 12 1000 RBC s CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 COMMENTS Normal WBC count but abnormal histogram and R alerts Would follow up diff be done without availability of Diff Screen data ACTION Review smear due to alerts and abnormal WBC histograms B 48 Appendix B Back CASE EXAMPLE 13 WBC 13 7 LYM 2 9 21 0 L MID 0 8 5 9 wec GRAN 10 0 73 1 G 4 80 ED CES EE a HGB 13 3 g dL HCT 39 4 MCV 82 fL RBC MCH 27 7 MCHC 33 8 g dL 5 150 200 250 RDW 14 3 PLT 927 K uL MPV 67 fL PLT PCT 0 62 PDW 17 8 10 GSD F a 100 200 Cells Reference Differential Lymphocytes 24 Variant Lymphs Monocytes 7 Eosinophils 1 Basophils Neutrophils 66 Bands Stabs 2 Red Cell Morphology Anisocytosis Poikilocytosis Microcytosis Macrocytosis Polychromasia Spherocytosis Target Cells Myelolcytes Toxic Granulation Metamyelocytes Hypersegmented Polys Promyelocytes Nucleated RBC s 100 WBC s Blasts Reticulocytes 1000 RBC s COMMENTS Greatly increased PLT and slightly increased WBC Everything else appears relatively normal Possi ble star
228. h saline from the Sample Transfer Cup by the Sample Pump Fig ure F 8 FIGURE F 8 BACKFLUSH NEEDLE SAMPLE TRANSFER CUP SAMPLE DETECTOR STEPPER MOTOR PIERCER OPTIONAL CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 15 Appendix C Search TOC Go Back 9 The remaining saline is drained from the Sample Transfer Cup Figure 9 FIGURE F 9 DRAIN SAMPLE TRANSFER CUR SAMPLE TRANSFER CUP SAMPLE STEPPER MOTOR CAP PIERCER OPTIONAL Pee ee ee eee CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 16 Appendix C Search Book TOC Go Back 10 The Sample Transfer is filled with saline Figure F 10 FIGURE F 10 FILL SAMPLE TRANSFER CUP SAMPLE TRINSFER CUP SAMPLE STEPPER MOTOR PIERCER OPTIONAL d CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 17 Appendix C Search Back 11 The Needle is drained into the Sample Transfer Cup and a final drain is performed This com pletes the cycle Figure F 11 FIGURE F 11 DRAIN NEEDLE AND SAMPLE TRANSFER CUP re 3 SAMPLE TRANSFER CUP SAMPLE SALINE 22722722 PIERCER OFTIONAL CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyze
229. he three normal samples from Section 1 Step 2 back on the mixer for 5 minutes 2 Run each sample and compare the results to the printouts 3 X Follow the procedure in sections 5 13 2 and 5 13 3 of the Cell Dyn service manual CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 7 14 Section 7 Search Book TOC Go Back 7 16 PM Completion 1 Re install all of the instruments cosmetics instrument precision 3 Print the replicate file 4 Have customer run their controls Print files Preventive Maintenance 2 Select one of the samples and run it into an empty replicate file 10 times to verify The preliminary Q amp A sheet and all printed data before and after the PM should be attached to the service report and returned to STC QTY PART NUMBER 2808541 2808514 9210162 9210166 9210169 9210165 9210163 3108061 2700400 9130008 9210797 DESCRIPTION 10 Syringe 100ml Syringe Large Black Valve White Valve White Valve 5KG Black Valve N C Solenoid Valve Check Valves 0 3 micron Air Filter Tubing Kit Lyse Pump Tubing Assy CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 7 15 Section 8 TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout Schematics and Parts Layout Section Table of Contents Introduction 1600 Front View 1600 Left Side View 1600 Right Side View 1600 Top View 1600 Fluid Power Supply Front View 1600 Fluid Power
230. ice Equipment Required Every system subassembly and module can be removed and replaced using the tools listed in Table 9 1 Substitute equipment having the same characteristics as those listed can also be used Whenever possible choose non magnetic tools to avoid damaging sensitive pc board mounted components and magnetic media Table 9 1 Required Service Equipment Required Tool Recommended Model Characteristics Screwdriver Phillips No 1 6 inch Screwdriver Phillips No 2 18 inch Screwdriver Phillips No 1 Stubby Screwdriver Phillips No 2 Stubby Screwdriver Slotted 3 16 X 10 8 inch Screwdriver Slotted 3 16 X 8 8 inch Screwdriver Allen7 64 8 inch Nutdriver 1 4 8 inch Nutdriver 1 2 8 inch Pliers 5 Diagonal Cut Pliers 8 Long Nose Knife X Acto Utility Flashlight Maglight Penlight Cable Ties Nylon Self locking CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 6 Section 9 Back Service 9 4 Dissassembly Replacement Procedures Step by step subassembly removal procedures for field replaceable system components are described on the following pages Most subassemblies are replaced in the reverse order of disas sembly and reassembly is obvious and straightforward In those few cases where different proce dures are called for during reassembly they are described as part of the overall disassembly procedure Pag
231. ight 66 kg 1451bs Height 76 cm 30 Width 107 cm 42 Depth 81 32 Weight 91 kg 200 Ibs General Information Printer 10cm 4 43 cm 17 35 14 7 5 kg 17 Ibs 23 9 56 22 51 20 16 kg 35 Ibs Input 115 90 125 VAC 45 70 Hz Input 220VAC 195 250 VAC 45 70 Hz Consumption 1000 watts maximum BTU HR output 3200 Connector Prong Grounded Outlet U S CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 1 5 Section 1 Search Book Back General Information ENVIRONMENTAL Operating Temperature 15 to 30 C 59 to 86 F REQUIREMENTS Relative Humidity 10 to 85 Noncondensing Location Flat Level Surface No direct sunlight or drafts Remove from sources of direct heat or moisture Ventilation space at least 6 on top sides and back Do Not place next to a heat generating device LINEAR RANGE Parameter Linear Range Allowable Limit WBC 1 0 to 99 9 K uL 00 4 or 3 0 RBC 1 0 to 7 0 M uL 0 10 or 2 5 HGB 2 5 to 24 0 g dL 00 3 or 2 0 MCV 50 to 200 fL 003 or 3 0 PLT 10 to 999 K uL 012 or 4 0 ACCURACY Parameter Correlation Coefficient WBC gt 0 98 RBC gt 0 98 HGB gt 0 98 MCV gt 0 98 PLT gt 0 98 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 1 6 Section 1 General Information TOC Table 1 Precision at 25 C Absolute within Param
232. ilmer and Gardner 1983 ABNORMALITIES CAUSED BY ARTIFACTS MCH HISTOGRAM ARTIFACT ITEM RBC HGB HCT MCV MCH LOCATION Red Cell Fragments D I D D I I lt 80fL Lymphocytes I N I I D D gt 180fL Red Cell Agglutination D N D I I I 150 170fL Hyperglycemia N N I I N D Free Plasma Hemoglobin N I N N I I D Decreased I Increased N Normal CAUSES OF RED CELL FRAGMENTS Sickle Cell Anemia Kasabach Merritt Syndrome Severe Hypertension Hemolytic Uremia Syndrome Burns Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura Prosthetic Valve Idopathic Thrombocytopenia Purpura Wilson s Disease Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation Acute Hemolytic Anemia Megloblastic Anemia GUIDELINES FOR DATA INTERPRETATION CELL DYN provides three types of data It is intended that each piece of data be reviewed by the user to determine if a specimen requires any follow up action For each specimen run output data include CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 33 Appendix B Search Back 1 Numeric results 2 Graphic size data histograms Specimen flags when normal limits are exceeded and or R alerts when size data does not meet normal criteria Specimens with results that are 1 within the normal range 2 have normal histograms and 3 have no alerts can be reported directly and require no additional a
233. iluent RBCIHCTIPLT 1 12500 One part whole blood in a total volume of 12500 parts diluent Directly Aspirated 30 microliters Pre dilute 40 microliters whole blood Cap piercer 900 microliters Fourteen inch diagonal video display screen with amber illumination pro vides alpha numeric and graphic display of all data screen labels system and specimen alerts etc Field display 9 5 x 7 5 782 x 1024 pixels CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 1 9 Section 1 KEYBOARD GRAPHIC PRINTER Standard PRINTER optional ticket type CD1600 ONLY DATA OUTPUT INTERFACE General Information Pressure sensitive keys with audible beep indicator for use as follows UNLABELED KEYS Row of eight keys Actuated function defined by screen label currently displayed directly above it NUMERIC KEYS Block of twelve keys Enter numeric data at current cur sor location 0 soecimen identification number QC setup data etc ENTER KEY Dual function key 1 Changes function status at current cur sor location display changes to off or off to on 2 Stores numeric data when less than required number of digits is entered advances cursor to next entry position CURSOR KEYS Block of four single function keys Move cursor location on screen External serial impact dot matrix printer with buffer to provide alpha numeric and graphic repor
234. ine from the top of the regulator Verify the 5 0 volts Supply voltage for the regulator the pump relay PCB For vacuum check J8 pin 5 for pressure J7 pin 5 The voltage should be 5 0 0 15 volts d Set jumper 1 to the C D position CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 6 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration NOTE It may be easier to remove the PCB mounting screws and free the rest of the PCB to make the rest of this adjustment possible Connect the DVM negative lead to TP3 GND Connect the positive lead to TP2 REF The voltage should be 1 00V 0 14 volts e If voltage is not correct re check step c f voltage is still not correct replace the regulator Connect the DVM negative lead to TP1 and the positive lead to TP2 and read the voltage Adjust R18 for a voltage of 000 and 0 005 NOTE If voltage is negative turn R18 offset clockwise if the voltage is positive turn R18 Counterclockwise Move jumper El to the proper position Reconnect the pressure or vacuum line to the top of the regulator and reconnect the cable s on the pump relay module 5 5 3 PRESSURE ADJUSTMENTS 5 PSI a b Remove top cover raise top panel Locate small silicon tubing connected to in line fitting at top of 5 PSI Pressure accumula tor Connect a 0 5 PSI gauge in line with silicon tubing and fitting CELL DYN
235. ing for the flow system alerts CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 10 Section 5 Search Book TOC Go Alignment and Calibration TO TRANSDUCER UPPER DETECTOR T2 E LOWER DETECTOR Figure 5 1 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 11 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration 5 6 2 RBC METERING SYSTEM TIMING ADJUSTMENT a Ensure the RBC aperture plate has been removed cleaned and reinstalled per the proce dure in the Operators Manual b Run a background count and verify the RBC displayed count time T2 is 6 7 seconds 0 2 seconds If time is out of specification readjust until correct Enter the DIAGNOSTICS mode and press RAW DATA softkey d Observe the time displayed for RBC UPTIME This time represents T1 and is the time from when the RBC count value opens until the meniscus reaches the upper detector RBC UPTIME 1 should be 4 8 to 5 2 seconds The time is displayed in milliseconds e If RBC UPTIME is outside the acceptable range an adjustment will be necessary Raise the metering tube to increase the upper time lower the metering tube to decrease upper time f Repeat steps b thru e until the RBC UPTIME is in specification 5 6 3 WBC METERING SYSTEM TIMING ADJUSTMENT NOTE The RBC count times T1 amp T2 must be within specification before preforming this p
236. ing rates etc are based on this timer There should always be a 1 khz frequency at test point TPS B Interface to UIM The VIA is also used as an interface to the external computer UIM This interface uses the A side of the VIA for an 8 bit multi byte parallel data transfer with VIA signals CA2 and CA1 used as strobe and acknowledge for each byte sent received The handshake for data block transfers in controlled by REQ2 and REQ1 In normal system operation the UIM will periodically set REQ2 low to request CCM data status and the CCM will answer by setting low and keeping a low until all bytes if any have been sent C LED function amp control The two LEDs for REQ1 and REQ2 DS6 DS7 indicate the communication activity They directly relate to the hi lo state of REQ1 and REQ2 When DS6 is on it indicates that REQ is active when DS7 is on it indicates that REQ2 is active The LEDs DS1 through DS5 are entirely under program control Their current use is as follows The CCM green LED DS1 should always be on after the CCM has successfully completed its internal power on self taught diagnostics otherwise there is a fundamental CCM fault CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 15 Section 4 Go Back Circuit Description The LEDs CER and CEW 052 DS3 indicate the state of the CCM firmware generated signals cer count enable red and cew count enable
237. instrument Use TP2 as ground Record the voltages below TP1 24VDC 36 0 2 mV PP TP4 12VDC 16 5 1 5 mV PP 7 10 Diluent Volume Verification 1 Follow the procedure in section 5 8 of the Cell Dyn service manual and record the volumes below 10ml 2ml 5ml 1ml 7 11 Sample Volume Verification 1 Follow the procedure in section 5 8 of the Cell Dyn service manual and record the volumes below 100ul 40ul 7 12 Signal Processor Module SPM 1 Follow the procedure in section 5 9 of the Cell Dyn service manual and record the voltages below WBC Disc TP10 RBC Disc TP11 PLT High Disc TP19 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 7 11 Section 7 Search Preventive Maintenance PLT Low Disc TP20 7 13 Device Control Module DCM 1 Follow the procedure in the Cell Dyn service manual and record the voltages below TP3 7 14 Pre Amplifier Module PAM Hemoglobin Alignment 1 Follow the procedure in section 5 11 of the Cell Dyn service manual steps 1 10 Aperture Current Alignment 1 RBC Aperture current Follow the procedure in section 5 11 of the Cell Dyn service manual steps 11 17 Record the voltage below 2 WBC aperture current Follow the procedure in section 5 11 of the Cell Dyn service manual steps 18 23 IF THE CUSTOMER 15 NOT HAVING ANY PROBLEMS WITH THE WBC DIFF RESULTS DO NOT CHANGE THE WBC APERTURE CURRENT SETTING CHE
238. ion V1 0 10 13 87 Figure 5 18 LEFT SWITCH 3 FAULT REPORT CELL DYN 1600 DIAGNOSTIC REPORT Oct 11 1988 16 42 CELL DYN 1600 Serial t Operator I D UIM Disk Version 1 12 Sequence 772 Position Fault Fault data 00 OD 00 7C 38 30 00 00 00 FO 02 34 FD 00 00 00 00 10 00 00 00 01 i Cksum CD AE 22 bytes received Process number 48 Step number at time of fault 13 Process elapsed time 31800 ms Switch 4 check On switch es 2 top CCM ROM Version 3 V1 05 04 22 88 CD1600 UIM ROM Version VER 3 11 5 26 87 MPM ROM Version V1 0 10 13 87 Figure 5 19 RIGHT SWITCH 4 FAULT REPORT CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 55 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration 5 15 3 SERVICE DEC CODES 128 129 AND 130 DESCRIPTIONS The above commands reside in the Diagnostics mode and are used to ten control and exercise CD1600 stepper motors A description of each is as follows Service DEC Code 128 References Figure 5 20 This code rum a computer generated test Motor Power Test of all stepper motors and the associated circuitry The nominals upper and lower limits are shown in Figure 5 20 Motor Power Test should run whenever a problem is suspected with any assembly that is driven by a stepper motor It should also be run before performing any Sample Probe alignment procedure NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL NOMINAL MOTOR LOW MEDIUM HIGH PHASE A
239. ion CD 1600 CSA 2 of 2 Diagram Cable Connection CD 1400 1 of 2 Diagram Cable Connection CD 1400 2 of 2 Schematic PAM PreAmplifier Module PCB Schematic MAM Main Amplifier Module 1 of 2 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual Master Table of Contents 9211019 July 1993 TOC 6 Search TOC Go Schematic MAM Main Amplifier Module 2 of 2 Schematic SPM Signal Processor Module PCB Schematic CCM Cell Count Module 1 of 3 Schematic CCM Cell Count Module 2 of 3 Schematic CCM Cell Count Module 3 of 3 Schematic CCM Device Control Module PCB 1 of 2 Schematic DCM Device Control Module PCB 2 of 2 Schematic Cable Distribution 1 of 2 Schematic Cable Distribution 2 of 2 Schematic Solenoid Driver Module Schematic Metering Tube PCB Schematic Pressure Regulator Schematic Pressure Regulator PCB Schematic PRM Pump Relay Module Schematic MPM Motor Processor Module 1 of 2 Schematic MPM Motor Processor Module 2 of 2 Schematic Chopper Driver Schematic UIM User Interface Module 1 of 4 Schematic UIM User Interface Module 2 of 4 Schematic UIM User Interface Module 3 of 4 Schematic UIM User Interface Module 4 of 4 Schematic MBM Mother Board Module PCB Schematic PSM Power Supply Module Switching Power Supply Boschert Schematic Power Distribution BD Graphon Video Display 1 of 7
240. ion Menu SECTION 6 Messages on the Data Log Menu SECTION 7 Messages on the QC Menu SECTION 8 Messages on the Special Protocols Menu SECTION 9 Messages on the Diagnostics Menu SECTION 1 Introduction The software for the CD1400 CD1400CS recognizes a number of error conditions and calls the opera tor s attention to them by means of specific messages This document lists the various messages that may appear and explains the conditions under which they arise Some of the messages may appear on most or all of the menus while others are menu specific CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 22 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting SECTION 2 General Enor Messages 21 Messages appearing on line 4 of the display Disk Error N An error has occurred during a disk operation The value of N indicates the nature of the enor accord ing to the following table 1 illegal function was requested An unimplemented function was requested The unit number was not valid The drive was not ready 2 3 4 5 sector address was not valid 6 The diskette was write protected 7 There was a seek error 8 sector ID was not found 10 There was a CRC error during a read 11 There was an error during a sector write 12 Data were lost during reading or writing Disk Restore Error CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July
241. ions to correctly adjust the positions of Microswiches 1 4 on the probe assembly and to correctly align the Sample Probe height If a complete alignment is to be done the procedures should be performed in the following order a Stepper Power Test and Verification b Lower Microswitch 11 Adjustment Upper Microswitch 2 Adjustment d Left Microswitch 3 Adjustment Note Depending on revision level of CCM prom the left microswitch has 2 adjustment procedures Version 1 of the procedure is used if CCM revision is 1 00 to 1 02 Version 2 of the procedure is used for CCM revisions 1 03 or higher To determine CCM revision press Service Dec Code key in diagnos tics Enter 104 and press enter Screen will display revision of prom e Right Microswitch 4 Adjustment CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 60 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration f Sample Probe Height Adjustment If procedures are performed sequentially the instrument need not be Initialized after each procedure The procedures may also be used for verification of position When performing verification skip all steps calling for loosening screws and moving assemblies Under no circumstances is the Probe Collar to be moved or Microswitch Actuator ARms ben to achieve proper alignment 5 16 2 STEPPER MOTOR POWER TEST AND VERIFICATION From diagnostic utility press Service Dec Code key Enter 128 from
242. ips head screwdriver remove the two lower left side panel retaining screws b Slide the left cover to the rear of the instrument c Lift the cover off the instrument CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 20 Section 9 Search Go Back Service Model 1600 RBC and WBC Aperture Plate Removal Preparation a Before attempting to remove the aperture plates turn on the instrument and bring up the Special Procedures screen b Press Drain Baths button on the Special Protocols screen To remove a Remove the Front Cover and Lower Front Panel b Swivel the red aperture retaining arm outward c Pull aperture plate straight out Note the cutout notch in the bottom of the aperture This must be facing down as shown during reassembly d Repeat the same procedure to remove the WPC aper ture plate Note the cutout notch in the bottom 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 21 Section 9 Search Book Go Back Service Model 1600 RBC and WBC Aperture Plate Removal Cont d After reassembly Verify appropriate Gain Adjustment para 5 12 e When installing RBC PLT aperture verify RBC PLT gains When installing WBC aperture verify WBC gain CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 22 Section 9 Back Model 1600 Saline Syringe Driver As
243. iption will focus on the Probe Up Down Motor 8 2 and me Probe Rotate Motor C 3 which control the movement of the sample Probe The procedures for aligning the Position Switches and aligning the Sample Probe height are described later in this section In order to better understand these procedures the following are descriptions of the normal operation of the Sample Probe descriptions of switch failures and a description of Sevice Dec Codes 128 129 and 130 5 15 1 SAMPLE PROBE NORMAL OPERATION Operation During Initialization Mode References Figures 5 13 5 14 Intoduction Homing a stepper motor is the process of setting up the initial position from which all future movement will be referenced In the CD1600 this is accomplished by commanding the motor to move pan a physical stop Hard Stop When the mechanical assemby driven by the motor reaches the Hard Stop the stepper motor electrically slips until it is commanded to stop This mechanical position then becomes the zero reference position for the motor CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 48 Section 5 Operation a Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration Sample Probe is moved up at a fast speed until Upper Switch 2 is activated It is then changed to a slow speed and homed against the upper Hard Stop which is the metal plate at the top of the Sample Probe Assembly Probe is moved down four s
244. ives power from the power subsystem and system status and mea surement data from the CCM The UIM is designed around a Motorola 68095 with external clock The board also contains EPROM s CMOS RAM input output circuitry for the interface ports and addressing circuitry CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 15 Section 3 Search Book Go Back System Description 3 4 5 AC AND DC POWER DISTRIBUTION SUBSYSTEM References Figure 3 5 Line AC is routed through a FF fitter to a set of power selector switches which accommodates 100 220 or 240 VAC The resulting 115VAC is routed to the transformers main power switch surge sup pressor switching power supply fans and Cable Distribution Module The circuitry on the PSM generates the following voltages 24VDC UNREGULATED SOLENOID DRIVE VOLTAGE 12VDC UNREGULATED SOLENOID HOLDING VOLTAGE 100VDC RBC PLT AND WBC CONSTANT CURRENT BIAS 15VDC ANALOG CIRCUITRY 15VDC ANALOG CIRCUITRY The Switching Power Supply generate the following voltages 5VDC DIGITAL CIRCUITRY 24VDC STEPPER MOTOR 12VDC ANALOG CIRCUITRY d 12VDC ANALOG CIRCUITRY The voltages generated on the Switching Power Supply are routed to their final destinations by the PDM CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 16 Section 3 Back System Description 5
245. ixed with 1ml of lyse to complete the 1 250 WBC HGB dilution The primary and secondary dilution are then transported through the WBC and RBC orifices and HGB Flow Cell by the vacuum system for measurement The flow system is then flushed and made ready for the next sample 2 5 Particle Detection A transducer employing the electronic resistance principle is used for the function of detection This function performs the conversion of the physical properties of a detected cell to an electronic equiva lent signal CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 2 5 Section 2 Back Theory of Operation Figure 2 2 depicts this principle An orifice of defined diameter and length separates the flow of the constant current between an inner and outer electrode Conduction is provided by an electrolyte In this case the electrolyte is buffered saline This electrical current powered by a constant current source continues at a constant rate in the absence of a particle cell within the confines of the office Hence there are no interuptions to this current flow and no signal appears at the output of the amplifier Consider the passage of a blood cell an insulator through the orifice The passage of the cell caused by the differential pressure between the isolated tanks will cause a momentary increase in resistance which is directly related to the volumetric size of the cell Constan
246. k TOC Go Back System Description Electronics Drawer The Electronics Drawer contains the control and measurement PCB s and Disk Drive The layout is shown on page 8 5 CRT and Keyboard The CRT and Keyboard provide visual data display and operator control inputs The dis play PCB s are located behind the CRT The User Interface Module is located to the right of the CRT Power Supply Module The Power Supply Module and Switching Power Supply are also located behind the Vid eo Display Module A description of each will be given later in this section 3 3 Similarities and Differences CD1400 AND CD1600 The CD1400 is very similar to the CD1600 sharing many of the same components and operating characteristics The best way to compare the two systems is to divide both into two distinct sections a Left Compartment and a Right Compartment The Left Compartment consists of everything to the left of the Center Panel and the Right Compartment is everything to the right of this panel The Left compartment of a CD1400 is exactly the same as a CD1600 from a functional standpoint and all CD1600 pictures diagrams and schematics apply to this section There are a few hardware changes but these changes do not affect the functional aspects of the hardware Hardware differences are described below CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 3 Section 3 Search Book Go Back System Description The
247. l9211019 July 1993 6 4 Diagnostics Troubleshooting Search Book Go Back Section 6 VELL DYN 1600 DIAGNOSTIC REFORT 13 26 Jul 28 1987 Operator I D Sequence 715 DEMO CELL DYN 1800 Serial UIM Disk Version Command was 98 VER 3 11 5 26 87 CCM Version 3 V0 11 05 05 87 01600 UIM ROM Versian WV RU y ee i ari lt ANA aor N CECATMBANGIONMANAOS egoooars CUR OO Cete qe 253 x3 0 OO fv O e 241 28 VASO O S ON o et qne comua N 40 4 gt 0 0 rto OO 060 OF o ei nt wv vn C10 7600 0 viti OOD 8 etn 4 gt Qt NAS Od Ode eS et eo gQeaoooorgaeooonenoo p oooongaocoononoo MER smoothi aoooonmpaoooowmwoo Y aa e channel 1
248. lator Loosen the two Locking Screws located in slots on front of Reagent Panel Adjust the Adjustment Screw located at top of regulator for 8 Hg 2 PSI NOTE Counterclockwise increases vacuum and clockwise reduces vacuum Vacuum must be released between adjustments Center flag in Optical Detector and tighten Locking Screws 5 5 6 SOLID STATE REGULATOR Locate the solid state vacuum regulator on the rear side of the fluid power supply Remove tygon tubing from the top of the regulator and conned a 0 30 Hg gauge in line between the tubing and the regulator Adjust R16 accessible only from the front of the fluid power supply for 8 Hg 2 Hg NOTE Clockwise will increase vacuum and counterclockwise will decrease vacuum Once adjusted remove vacuum gauge and reconnect tubing line to the regulator CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 9 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration 5 6 Metering System Timing Adjustments RBC and WBC 5 61 DISCUSSION For each transducer there are two distinct counting periods T1 and T2 FIGURE 5 1 All count times are based on vacuum level of the 8 vacuum reservoir and tubing length These count times are critcal in that all clog and flow system alarms are generated via these times The vacuum adjust Section 5 5 4 sets the coarse vacuum requirement but further adjustment of the other times is required to ensure proper sett
249. ll Channelization e Metered Volume RBC WBC and PLT Histogram Generation Hemoglobin CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 Section 2 Theory of Operation 2 1 System Summary The Cell Dyn 1400 and 1600 are basically particle counters dedicated to the electronic detection and measurement of blood cells contained in a sample of whole blood Blood cells are classified as parti cles which exhibit the special quality of being electrical insulators In whole blood these particles are suspended in a conductive medium commonly called plasma It is these two natural electrical qualities that permit the electronic measurement of the following The number of cells per unit of volume e The size of each ceil The size distribution of all cells contained a sample e The concentration of hemoglobin contained in the sample A simplified diagram of a particle counter is shown in Figure 2 1 The major functions of an electronic particle counter in the order of processing are as follows Sample transport Flow System Particle detection Transducer Pulse amplitude to particle size response Amplifier e Size thresholds Discriminators and cell channelization A D converter Sample volume metering Metering System CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 2 2 Section 2 Search Book Theory of Operation 2 2 Purpose of Sy
250. ll necessary steps are taken to comply with them Typical examples of regulations and standards may be found in TECHNICAL METHODS AND PROCEDURES of the AABB Inquiries Please direct any written inquiries to Abbott Diagnostics Division Technical Ser vices Manager Telephone inquiries may be made by using the Technical Ser vices Hotline 800 933 5535 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 Search TOC Go Master Table of Contents Master Table of Contents Front Matter SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION Introduction Purpose and Scope Service Experience Operating Instructions Service Manual Organization System Specifications SECTION 2 THEORY OF OPERATION System Description Purpose of System Sample Preparation Sample Transport Particle Detection Pulse Amplitude to Particle Size Response Size Threshold and Cell Channelization Metered Volume RBC WBC and PLT Histogram Generation Hemoglobin CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 TOC 1 Search TOC Go Introduction System Configuration Similarities and Differences CD1400 and CD1600 Major Subsystem Descriptions CD1400 and 1600 Sample Sequence Description WBC amp RBC Sample Timing Description SECTION 4 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTIONS Introduction Pre Amplifier Module PAM Main Amplifier Module MAM Signal Processor Module SPM
251. lug on rear cover for access Adjust R39 on the switching supply for a voltage that is within 0 01 volt of the voltage indi cat ed on the label on U13 on the User interface Module If no label adjust to 5 1V NOTE Adjustment of the 5 0 volts will affect the 12 volts After adjusting R39 verify 12 volts remains in specification CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 18 Section 5 Search Book Go Back Alignment and Calibration 5 8 Diluent Sample Lyse Volume Verification Adjustment 5 8 1 DISCUSSION To minimize problems like coincidence passage the CD1400 and 1600 uses two different dilution ratios Of whole blood to diluent The ratio for WBC HGB is 1250 for RBC MCV PLT the ratio is 1 12 500 This is accomplished by using a value with fixed sample sizes and diluent syringe for RBC and WBC The following procedure will be used to verify the diluent dispense so we can maintain proper dilution ratios and thereby optimize instrument performance 5 8 2 DILUENT VOLUME VERIFICATION a Enter SPECIAL PROTOCOLS mode and press MORE to 10ml DISPENSE b Place a 10 ml graduated cylinder under Sample Probe and press 10ml DISPENSE Verify a volume 10 2ml d Place a 10ml graduated cylinder under Sample Probe and depress 1 50 Dilution softkey Once the probe has returned to the aspirate position depress the 1 50 Dispense softkey to dispense e vverify a volume of 5ml
252. lution If Clorox is used rinse with water b Replace probe O ring c X Re nstall sample probe 3 Clean RBC and WBC transducer ops manual sec 7 4 a Drain baths and remove aperture plates Soak in Clorox solution 500 0 for 5 min utes Rinse with water and re install b Record aperture etch code WBC RBC c Run Auto Clean procedure ops manual sec 7 3 This will clean baths and HGB flow cell 4 Remove and clean both syringes If either syringe shows evidence of leakage replace it ops manual sec 7 8 5 Remove and clean Fan Filters ops manual sec 7 5 6 Replace Lyse Pump Tubing CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 7 6 Section 7 Search Book TOC Go Back Preventive Maintenance 7 7 System Inspection POWER OFF 1 Remove cosmetics to gain access to the top front and both sides of the instrument FLOW PANEL INSPECTION Power Off 2 Check for evidence of reagent spillage or around pinch valves Clean or replace valves that have dried saline or rust on them 3 Push each pinch valve and release They should move in and out freely with no roughness Replace any pinch solenoids that don t 4 Replace pinch tubing for the detergent and diluent N C solenoids sol 4 1 and 4 2 a Replace pinch tubing for the solenoid on the flow panel sol 3 1 See drawing 119211158 attached b Replace pinch tubing and dummy tubing for set 3 4 and 3 3 c Replace
253. m upper Hard Stop and Upper Switch 2 is checked Probe naves CW to Cup Left Switch 3 is checked CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 51 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration d Probe mows CCW eight steps and into Pre Mix Cup where dispense probe shake and aspiration of RBC sample takes place e Probe then moves up to a position two steps from upper Hard Stop and Upper Switch 2 is checked f Probe moves CCW to the RBC Cup stops three steps from light Hard Stop and Right Switch 4 is checked g Probe moves into RBC Cup and RBC sample is dispensed h Probe moves up to a position two steps from upper Hard Stop and Upper Switch 2 is checked i After completion of count cycle probe is moved CW to center position j Probe is roved down and Lower Switch 1 is checked k This completes the Run cycle 5 15 2 1 3 SWITCH FAILURE DESCRIPTIONS References Figures 5 16 5 17 5 18 5 19 If during normal operation a switch is checked by the computer and found to be deactivated open the following message will be displayed on the Run Menu Not Ready See DIAGNOSTICS Enter ing the Diagnostics mode will display one of the Fault Reports shown in Figures 5 16 thru 5 19 Refer to Figure 5 16 The statement Switch 1 check indicates that Lower Switch 1 failed when checked The statement NOT ON ANY SWITCH indicat
254. maining sample in tubing is transferred into Sample Transfer Cup and 30 uL of sample is aspirated by Sample Probe From this point the CD1600 performs a normal sample cycle and the Clap Piercer starts a clean cycle Figure F 4 FIGURE F 4 TRANSFER FINAL SAMPLE SAMPLE TRANSFER CUP SAMPLE 2272272 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 11 Appendix C Search TOC Go Back 5 The Needle Sample Transfer and tubing is drained of sample Figure F 5 FIGURE F 5 DRAIN CAP PIERCER CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 12 Appendix C Search Book TOC Go Back 6 The Sample Transfer Cup and tubing 15 rinsed with saline Figure F 6 FIGURE F 6 RINSE WITH SALINE ag ee ee ae SAMPLE TRAINS FER SAMPLE DETESTOR NEEDLE STEPPE 1 1 MOTOR CAP PIERCER OPTIONAL a ee 1 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 13 Appendix C TOC Go Back 7 The Sample Transfer Cup is filled with saline Figure F 7 FIGURE F 7 FILL SAMPLE TRANSFER CUP CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 14 Appendix C Search TOC Go Back 8 The needle is backflushed wit
255. meric fields of three 3 characters each giving normalized counts for every fourth channel of the designated histogram WBC RBC or PLT Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 9 Search Book Go Back 7 3 Count Data Message The parameters reported by the System may be represented in any of four different sets of units as follows Set 1 Standard USA Set 2 SI Set 3 Modified SI HGB MCHC in mmol L MCH in fmol Set 4 Modified SI HCT PCT in 96 To convert the integer transmitted in the field corresponding to a particular parameter to the correct value for that parameter in the units being used the decimal point must be moved leftward from its implied position to the right of the integer The description of each field gives a shift count indicating how many places to move the decimal point in each case If for example the decimal point is to be moved two places a field value of 00123 becomes 1 23 An integer representing the units set currently in effect on the Sys tem is transmitted in the the Units Set field see below For Units Set 3 the HGB MCH and MCHC values must be multiplied by 0 6206 after the decimal point has been positioned The units of measure associated with the four sets are explained in the USER S MAN UAL Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 10 Search Back 7 31 WBC Count Field 7 The WBC Cou
256. n reveal much about the fundamental CCM and overall machine state In general the LEDs indicate whether the CCM is in a normal functioning mode or in a fault state and in either case help to characterize the CCM state Also one of the LEDs gives some information about the state of the UIM as well The COM tests itself on power up These fundamental tests include ROM RAM and VIA if any test fails the CCM will attempt to execute a routine which will flash the green LED on the board Also it will place a 4 bit fault code into the adjacent yellow LEDs 1 LED Definition Leftmost Rightmost DS1 DS2 DS3 DS4 DS5 DS6 DS7 DS1 green program controlled used for CCM go no go board status DS2 DS5 program controlled general use is for cell count status on power up used for fault codes DS6 program controlled indicates CCM has requested to send a message DS7 controlled by UIM indicates UIM has requested to send a message 2 LED notation used here LED is off 0 green LED on not flashing gs green LED flashing slowly approx 1 hz y yellow LED on not flashing yf yellow LED fast flickering ys yellow LED flashing at slow non periodic rate CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 53 Section 6 3 or Search Go Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Examples Normal Situations LED Pattern g yfyf 9 ys 9
257. n tubing to Sample Probe CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 20 Section 5 Back Alignment and Calibration NOTE The volume aspirated is under direct computer control If the volume is out ofrange the Sample Syringe and Stepper Motor drive must be repaired 5 8 4 LYSE VOLUME VERIFICATIONS The amount of lyse dispensed under normal operation is 1 10ml a Enter the CALIBRATION rode and press LYSE VOLUME b Perform MEASURE VOLUME and SET VOLUME according to instructions Use LYSE VERIFY to check for proper lyse dispense 5 9 Signal Processor Module SPM 5 91 DISCUSSION The SIGNAL PROCESSOR MODULE SPM located in the main card cage contains the circuitry for the RBC and WBC lower fixed discriminators Also the lower and upper platelet discriminators are on this PCB A detailed discussion of the remaining funtion of the SPM can be found in Section 4 how ever the only field adjustments recommended on this PCB are the discriminator voltages 5 9 2 SIGNAL PROCESSOR MODULE SPM ALIGNMENT FIGURE 5 3 a Verify that instrument is in ready mode CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 21 Section 5 Search TOC Go Back SPM 2 on the mother board module is a more convenient ground point Adjust R44 for 0 44 volts 0 01 volts Connect positive lead of DVM to TP11 RBC discriminator
258. nalyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 25 Section 9 Book Back Service Model 1600 Saline Syringe Removal To remove a Remove Left Cover b Unscrew two knurled knobs holding syringe to driver as sembly c Lift off the white syringe retaining block Pull out to re move Section 9 Back Model 1600 Saline Syringe Removal Cont d d Unscrew knob at bottom of plunger and remove NOTE When replacing old syringe with new syringe re move calibrator block shown at right between thumb and forefinger of top hand and install on new syringe e Unscrew syringe clockwise as viewed from above and lift off syringe CAUTION TO AVOID BREAKAGE UNSCREW THE um SYRINGE TO THE LEFT DO NOT ATTEMPT TO UNSCREW IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION After reassembly e Verify Diluent Volume verify Calibration para 5 8 2 and 5 13 Perform Block Calibration procedure para 5 14 P f p 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 27 Fi Al Section 9 Back Service Model 1600 Sample Syringe Driver Assembly Removal To remove Remove Top Cover b Loosen two retaining screws holding the top inner cover and swivel it upward and to the rear Remove Left Cover Disconnect ribbon cable 441 Disconnect tubing Remove the two front screws
259. nd lower optical switches is approximately 200 ul This ensures that a precise amount of sample is aspirated each sample cycle When there is no obstruction of light the output TP1 TP2 of the upper and lower detectors is approx imately 630 volts During the sample cycle an inverted meniscus travels down the metering tube As it passes the upper detector the curved shape bends the light away from the photo transistor which causes the output to pulse high approximately 3 8 volts and the computer starts the sample count When the meniscus passes the lower detector the output also pulses high and the computer stops the sample count CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 18 Section 4 Back Circuit Description NOTE There are two revisions of optical defectors in the field One version yields and output voltage of 630 volts and the output of the second version is 1 10 volts The LED drive and output amplifiers are connected in a positive feedback configuration Positive feed back supplied by a diode and 10K resistor compensates for changes in light transfer and holds the outputs at a constant low level The time constant of a 1M resistor and a 22 uf capacitor slows the response time of the feedback loop thus ensuring adequate pulse width gt 20m sec when the menis cus passes LED s DS1 DS4 provide background illumination for the metering tube 4 7 Device C
260. new cell type has been added to the basic 7 parameter con trol the overall performance of the control during the dating period has been adversely affected Some products especially those that are more stabilized are more difficult to resuspend Commercial Hematology Controls What is their intended use Per Dr Savage chairmen of the CAP Hematology Resources Committee states in a recent article in the Spring CAP Summing Up Ideally stabilized control material should not be preassayed as it is used for longitudinal process control assessment of accumulating imprecision or inaccuracy and thus the degree of change is important not the actual target values However in the real world such materials are used both for precision and as a rough check of accuracy Control manufacturer state that results obtained on pre assayed controls should fall within the target range for all three levels Operator s should then optimize the target range by establishing a new mean and using the printed limits To establish a new mean run the control 3 to 5 times for 2 to 3 days CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 56 Appendix B Book Back Commercial Hematology Controls How should they be handled Whenever commercial controls are used there are some basic guidelines that should be followed 1 Always resuspend according to the control manufacturer s recommendations
261. ng the measurement cycle the diluted blood cells are drawn through a small opening or orifice with a fixed size Simultaneously a fixed current is passed between electrodes located on either side of the orifice to create a sensing zone that extends to either side of the orifice The actual size of the sensing zone is determined by the orifice diameter and length Blood cells are poor conductors of electricity due to their cell membrane During each measurement cycle a constant current flows through the sensing zone as blood cells are drawn through the sensing zone Each cell interrupts the current flow causing an electronic pulse or passage impulse that is relative to the size of that cell The passage impulse for each cell has a width or tude and a height or magnitude that is directly affected by the cell s location in the sensing zone during passage The size of each cell during cell passage through the sensing zone is directly affected by shear force that causes different types of cells to have different shape factors The shape factor for each cell con sists of its geometric shape during passage and the resulting electrical shadow Fresh red cells due to shear force deformability have shape factors that conform very closely to the lines of the current force and produce electrical shadows close to unity or 1 0 Rigid spheres have shape factors that produce electrical shadows that are 1 5 times the actual volume of the spheres Non defo
262. nsmit mode has been selected the user may also choose whether to transmit histograms along with the count data or not 5 1 2 Datalog Menu Transmit Mode On the Datalog Menu the User may select results from a single sample or from multiple samples for transmission Only count data may be transmitted from the Datalog menu Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 4 Search Book Go Back 5 2 Transmission Control Transmission control is provided in two ways XOFF XON protocol in which the Host transmits an XOFF character hex 13 to stop transmission from the System and an XON character hex 11 to re start transmission and CTS Clear To Send hardware control The XOFF XON protocol has a 1 5 second time out The CTS hardware control has no time out Re transmission requests are also supported and discussed in Section 5 3 5 3 Response from Host 5 3 1 Between Transmission Time out The time out interval after transmission of one message is programmable in the Setup Menu from 100 milliseconds to 9 9 seconds in 100 millisecond incre ments 5 3 2 Release for Next Message The Host can release the System to send the next message by sending an ACK 06 hex before the time out interval passes Otherwise the system will begin transmission of the next message at the end of the time out interval 5 33 Re transmission If for any reason the Host requires retransmission of the message it signals th
263. nt Empty Diluent Empty The indicated reagent has run out Invalid alarm set A bit was set in the fault message from the CCM that has no valid interpretation ON ANY SWITCH After some mechanical motion a reading of all the position sensors indicates that none are activated This message does not necessarily mean that a mechanical fault has occurred Waste overflow into accumulators A reading of the sensor in the waste accumulator suggests there is liquid in the accumulator CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 49 Section 6 Search Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Vacuum There was a vacuum failure during power up or the instrument is unable to maintain vacuum level while in ready state Pressure There was a pressure failure during power up Position fault A mechanical assembly is not in correct position for most recent function to be performed as indicated by position sensors Sensor fault internal waste empty A timeout fault occurred in draining one of the waste bottles Could also be a problem with positive pressure Invalid UIM Command sent to CCM The UIM sent a command to the CCM that the CCM was unable to interpret Error in flow system timing An error in the timing of a flow script has occurred Histogram memory clears The CCM was unable to clear a location in the pulse height memory CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyz
264. nt is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 1 K uL 2 3 1 G L 4 1 10E9 L 7 3 2 LYM Count Field 8 The LYM Count is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 1 K uL 2 3 1 G L 4 1 10E9 L 7 3 3 Count Field 9 The MID Count is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 1 K uL 2 3 1 G L 4 1 10E9 L 7 3 4 GRAN Count Field 10 Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 11 Search Book Go Back The GRAN Count 1 in numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 1 K uL 2 3 1 G L 4 1 10E9 L 7 3 5 RBC Count Field 11 The RBC Count is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 2 M uL 2 3 2 T L 4 2 10E12 L 7 3 6 Value Field 12 The HGB Value is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 1 g dL 2 0 g L 3 1 x 0 6206 mmol L 4 0 g L Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 12 Search Book Go Back 7 37 Value 13 The HCT Value is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 1 2 3 3 L L 4 1 7 3 8 MCV Value Field 14 The MCV Value is in a numeric field five 5 characters long Units Set Shift Count Units Label 1 4 0 fL
265. nter i Loosen both Locking Screws and move Microswitch Assembly 2 to highest position and secure j Select motor 2 set direction to 0 set speed to 6 and move up 800 steps note Screen will prompt for each entry The Enter key must be pressed after each num ber is entered k Select motor 2 set direction to 0 set speed to 8 and move up 40 steps l Select motor 2 set direction to 1 set speed to 8 and move down 15 steps m Loosen both Locking Screws and move Microswitch Assembly down until it just activates n Level Microswitch Assembly ensure switch is activated and tighten Locking Screws Select motor 2 set direction to 1 set speed to 8 and move down 8 steps CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 63 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration Verify switch is de activated if not select motor 2 set direction to 0 set speed to 8 move up 8 steps and re adjust switch position as described in step M Repeat steps M P until switch is activated in step M and de activated in step P Select motor 2 set direction to i set speed to 6 and move down 805 steps Initialize instrument by pressing Initialize button on right side 5 16 5 LEFT MICROSWITCH 3 ADJUSTMENT Version 1 CCM Prom 1 00 thru 1 02 Locate connector J22 on CDM PCB Slide connector back to slightly expose pins Connect DVM leads to pins 2 amp 3 oran
266. ntroduction Diagnostic Menu Usage Fault Report Description e Service Special Commands Raw Data Description e 01400 and CD1600 Troubleshooting Guide e Cell Dyn 1400 1400CS Error Messages e Cell Dyn 1600 Error Messages CCM On Board Diagnostic Leds CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 1 Section 6 Search Go Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting 6 1 Introduction This section is designed to aid the service representative in the troubleshooting and repair of the CD1400 and CD1600 System Emphasis is placed on using various System Status and Fault Reports which can be accessed by the service representative to solve problems Special Service Commands are also available to exercise and observe mechanical and electronic functions 6 2 Diagnostic Menu Usage Utilization of the Diagnostics Menu enables the operator or service representative to identity and cor rect both operator correctable and service correctable faults When the computer senses a fault NOT READY SEE DIAGNOSTICS is displayed in the system status box on the run menu Entering the Diagnostic Menu enables the following soft key functions SYSTEM STATUS Used to display or print current status FAULT REPORT Used to display or print fault report SERVICE HEX CODES Not used for operator or service troubleshooting SERVICE DEC CODES Used to initiate individual actions in the CD1600 hardware and softw
267. on References Figures 3 2 4 3 Schematic page 8 52 The SPM consists of the following main sections a WBC Sample and Hold S H CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 72 10 Section 4 Back Circuit Description b RBC S H PLT S H WBC or RBC PLT Analog Switch RBC or PLT Analog Switch RBC or PLT Selector AID Convector Since one AID converter is used time sharing method is required to convert independent RBC PLT and WBC signals A six microsecond pulse CELL CLK generated on the CCM PCB is used to mul tiplex these independent signals The peak amplitudes of the WBC RBC and PLT pulses are stored in capacitors C19 C27 and C32 respectively When CELL CLK is high analog switch U2 transfers the WBC voltage to the analog input of A D converter U1 and when CELL CLK is Low the RBC or PLT voltage placed on the input The RBC or PLT determination is controlled by the RBC PLT signal Which is in turn controlled by the PLT Low U28 13 and PLT HI U28 14 discriminators and associated circuitry When the thresholds of both are exceeded indicating an RBC pulse the RBC PLT signal is high and the RBC S H voltage is converted When only the low threshold is exceeded indicating PLT pulse the PLT S H voltage is converted When CELL CLK changes states a conversion command signal is generated which starts the A D conversion and forces the end of conversion
268. on 9 Book TOC Go Back Service CDM Board Removal 9600950 To remove a Remove Top Cover b Loosen the two retaining screws holding the top inner cover and swivel it upward and to the rear c Remove all cables and connectors from PC board con nectors mark each connector with a felt tip marker to identify location during reassembly d After removing cables compress standoffs with a pair of needle nose pliers and remove the board from the in strument CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 79 Section 9 Search Book Back Service Hemoglobin Flow Cell Removal To remove a Remove Top Cover b Loosen the two retaining screws holding the top inner cover and swivel it upward to the rear c Remove Front Cover d For CS models of the instrument loosen knurled screw on front of cap piercing module and swing the module outward e For non CS models of the instrument remove Lower Front Panel f Remove two screws holding the top of the preamp shield and remove it Unplug cable no 9520472 from the preamp PCB h Feed cable through the hole at the right side of the WBC metering board and withdraw it through the hole CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 80 Section 9 Back Service Hemoglobin Flow Cell Removal Cont d i Remove the two hemoglobin module retaining sc
269. ontrol Module DCM Circuit Description References Figure 3 3 Schematic pages 8 56 8 57 The DCM performs the following major functions a System analog voltmeter b Self test pulse generation RBC WBC current control d CCM to CDM and MPM data and control interface The voltmeter section of the DCM consists of U3 U7 U6 U10 and associated circuitry Since the volt meter inputs are identical in theory the Filtered Hgb will be used as an example CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 19 Section 4 Search Back Circuit Description The unknown HGB voltage is presented to the input of the comparator at U6 7 The computer then monitors the comparator output via U3 and uses a successive approximation technique at U6 6 to read the unknown voltage Self test pulses are generated under computer control by U12 This chip also generates the Current Select and Current On signals Data to and from the CDM is interfaced by PIA U4 via J2 Serial Stepper Motor data to and from the MPM is interfaced by ACIA U2 via J1 4 8 Cable Distribution Module CDM Circuit Description References Figure 3 3 Schematic pages 8 58 8 59 The CDM performs the following functions a Status Sensor Interface b Control of Solenoid Driver Module Pump Relay Module interface and control d Start Board Interface The CDM communicates with the DCM via the DCM CDM data bus at J2 An
270. oswitch Assembly 1 to lowed position Select motor 2 set direction to 1 set speed to 6 and move down 813 steps Move Microswitch Assembly up until it just activates Level Microswitch Assembly ensure switch is activated and tighten Locking Screws Select motor 2 set direction to 0 set speed to 8 and move up 8 steps Verify switch is de activated if not select motor 2 set direction to 1 set Speed to 8 move down 8 steps and re adjust switch position as described in step 13 Repeat steps M thru P until switch is activated in step M and de activated in step P Select motor 2 set direction to 1 set speed to 8 and move down 23 steps Initialize instrument by pressing Inialize button on right side CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 62 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration 5 16 4 UPPER MICROSWITCH 2 ADJUSTMENT a Locate connector J21 on CDM PCB b Slide connector back to slightly expose pins Connect DVM leads to pins 2 amp 3 orange red wires Ensure cable is still in contact by toggling switch off on Deactivated 5 00V activated 0 00V e From diagnostic screen press Service Dec Code Key enter 129 and press Enter f Select motor 2 press Enter set Run to 1 and press Enter set Idle to 1 and press Enter g Press Enter to exit utility h Ignore Initialize message and press Service Dec Code enter 130 and press E
271. p E TE ps ae JE _______ 21 ew me ERE BLEEE PEREO _______ Mx ee _____ eb id RBOBEE S PL Tapn ET Pi DHG TU Bi ayir SDE DNE WENE 280800 THe B SEV SER acer oe PUMP SY RMISE m G9 2 suo 7 el T a J _ m ness rd I E pre a E CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 21 Section 8 Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout i FEV a gt iar SCREWS 12 INeL 2 ALCS a eue nnda 1 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual B 4 ALIGN SCRES WITH FLATS OM SHAFTS TO B miLB 2 PLS mal SALI HAHP 9211019 July 1993 rm ma w See mt Sr SANE ADJUETMENT PCR ioi Sih Baer rane AT TS CET Lore ph LE ALES OP RD DER MOST 15185 ereh PURGERA TO WN Gor TOF THE
272. pinch tubing and dummy tubing for sol 4 8 pre mix to WBC transfer tubing d Inspect inside of glass pre mix for any debris in the bottom Clean if necessary 5 Inspect all other pinch tubing for signs of wear replace as necessary 6 Inspect all tubing and fittings for signs of leakage Repair as necessary 7 Check microswitches on sample probe assy for wear or bending of the actuator arms Replace if necessary 8 Replace all check valves in the system Above diluent buffer Vacuum pump on side of vacuum accumulator Low pressure pump bubble mix High pressure pump back flush waste drain 2 9 Replace 3 micron air filter annually On side of vacuum pressure accumulators CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 7 7 Section 7 Search Back Preventive Maintenance 10 Inspect both waste bottles for leakage and verify that they are screwed on tight 11 Remove the normally closed solenoid from the flow panel sol 3 1 a Clean the plunger spring and the solenoid body If the plunger shows excessive wear replace the solenoid b Remove both normally closed solenoids on the reagent inlet panel one at a time and repeat the procedure listed in step 11a sol 4 1 and 4 2 NOTE Replace the normally closed solenoids annually 12 Ensure that all circuit boards in the card cage are fully seated in their edge connectors 13 Ensure that all cable and wif
273. placement Model 1600 CP Needle Drive Assembly Removal Model 1600 Peristaltic Sample Pump Removal Model 1600 Chopper Driver Board Removal Model 1600 Lyse Peristaltic Pump Removal Model 1600 Air Filter Removal Fluid Power Supply Removal MPM Board Removal CDM Board Removal 9600950 Hemoglobin Flow Cell Removal Model 1400 Top Cover Removal Model 1400 1600 Front Cover Removal Model 1400 1600 Lower Front Panel Removal Model 1400 Right Side Cover Removal Model 1400 Right Lower Front Panel Removal Model 1400 Bezel Removal Model 1400 PC Board Removal Section 9 Back Service Table 9 2 Model 1600 1400 Subassembly Removal and Replacement Procedures Continued Removal Replacement Procedure Model 1400 Noise Filter Removal Model 1400 UIM Board Removal Model 1400 Switching Power Supply Removal Model 1400 Disk Drive Removal CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 10 Section 9 Back Model 1600 Top Cover Panel Removal To remove Service a Disconnect system power by unplugging the Analyzer power cord at the outlet b Remove two top cover panel retaining screws using a Phillips screwdriver c Lift and remove the top cover by sliding it to the rear 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019
274. ptimum performance of the analyzer These procedures also function as a diagnostic tool to isolate a defective module or PCB Troubleshooting provides a guide for the classification of potential analyzer fault conditions and to aid in their isolation and correction Also provided are lists of system status error codes and their expla nations A list of service commands to initiate operations of individual devices and or systems is also provided Service includes detailed system disassembly and board level replacement information Replaceable parts provides a list of all major assemblies PCB s and components broken down into successively lower level components and their part numbers These major items are listed by function rather than part number to facilitate the use of the list Documentation includes all block diagrams flow descriptions schematics and assembly drawings necessary to troubleshoot and repair the CD 1600 Appendix supplements will provide additional information regarding large components such as the CRT Disc Drive Peripheral Printers and R5232 communications Information regarding the differences between the CELL DYN 1400 and 1600 is also provided CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 1 4 Section 1 1 1 5 SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS FOR SHIPMENT ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS Search Book TOC Analyzer Height 46cm 18 Width 84 cm 33 Depth 51 cm 20 We
275. r HCT the micro hematocrit method is considered the reference The X B target value for MCH should be 29 51 If 15 not system calibration should be verified by running to 5 fresh whole blood CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 51 Appendix B Search Book Go Back specimens with RBC and HGB values obtained by reference methods For HGB the cyanmethemoglo bin method is considered the reference The X B target value for MCHC should be 33 5 1 If it is not System calibration should be verified by running 3 to 5 fresh whole blood specimens with HGB and HCT values obtained by reference methods When X B target values have not been established the following target and limits based on Dr Bull s original recommendations can be used MCV 90 and 3 MCH 30 0 and 3 and MCHC 34 0 and 396 No follow up action is required when the current X B batch mean is WITHIN the target and limits of all three parameters However when the current batch mean is OUTSIDE of the target and limits for one or more of the three parameters review action is required The user should review specimen data in the current batch of 20 specimens to determine if the data is slightly skewed due to a high number of specimens with outlier results Dr Bull states data for a single batch can be outside of the target and limits due to specimen bias and not an instrument calibration change He recommends specimens be randomized if pos
276. r Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 18 Appendix C Book Back 1 5 CAP PIERCER TROUBLESHOOTING 1 5 1 Service Dec Codes There are two Service Dec Codes that are unique to the Cap Piercer They are 1 Service Dec Code 72 moves the Sample Probe into the Sample Transfer Cup and allows visual verification of Sample Probe alignment in relationship to Sample Transfer Cup 2 Service Dec Code 73 moves the Sample Probe back to normal center Position 1 5 2 Motor Power Test Service Dec Code 128 Motor Power Test can be used to test the Stepper Motor circuitry in the Cap Piercer the specifications for motors J K and L are LOW MEDIUM HIGH PHASE 1 6 2 4 3 44 5 16 4 88 7 32 4 88 7 32 1 5 3 Motor Exercise Test Service Dec Code 130 Service Dec Code 130 can be used to exercise motors J K and L Direction and speed commands are as follows J 10 Needle 1Up Pierce ODown Withdraw K 11 Sample 1CW Aspirate OCCW Clean L 12 Waste OCCW Waste Out CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 C 19 Appendix C Search Back 1Not Used Speed command 1 moves at 50 steps per second Speed command 7 moves at 250 steps per second 1 6 COMPONENT REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES The following procedures are step by step instructions for removing and replacing assemblies and components in the Cap Piercer 1 6 1 Needle Removal And Replacement WARNI
277. rd Push metering tube all the way down in order to get to the last screw holding the PC Board to the chassis CAUTION WHEN REMOVING TUBING TAKE EXTREME CARE NOT TO BREAK THE GLASS THE METERING TUBE ENDS ARE GLASS e If any fluid remains in the metering tube before disas sembly drain them carefully using absorbent tissues 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 49 Section 9 Search Book Go Back Service Model 1600 Metering Tube Removal Cont d CAUTION TAKE EXTREME CARE NOT TO ALLOW THE LIQUID TO TOUCH THE PC BOARDS IT WILL SHORT THEM OUT After replacement Verify appropriate Count Times para 5 6 Verify RBC PLT count times after installing RBC PLT metering assembly Verify WBC count time after installing WBC metering assembly CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 50 Section 9 Book TOC Go Back Service Model 1600 Sample Probe Driver Assembly Removal To remove a Remove Front Cover and Lower Front Panel b Remove Top Cover c Loosen the two retaining screws holding the top inner cover and swivel it upward and to the rear d Mark and remove cable connectors at top of the cable distribution board There are four connectors that must be unplugged from the board J20 J21 J22 and J23 e Cuttie wraps holding cables to other cables there are approximately 8 10 tie wraps f Remove all scr
278. re 3 7 on page 3 20 for the MIN and MAX specifications for the RBC and WBC Upper T1 and Lower T2 times Table 6 1 CD 1400 and CD1600 TROUBLESHOOTING CHART NONFUNCTIONAL INSTRUMENT PROBLEMS SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 1 NOFUNCTIONS 1 FUSE 1 CHECK FUSE NO FAN 2 POWER CORD 1 CHECK POWER CORD 3 POWER SOURCE 1 CHECK POWER SOURCE CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 10 Section 6 Search Book Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Table 6 1 CD 1400 and CD1600 TROUBLESHOOTING CHART NONFUNCTIONAL INSTRUMENT PROBLEMS Continued SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 2 NOFUNCTIONS 1 NO 5VDC 1 CHECK SWITCHING 5 FANS RUN 2 CHECK P S FUSE 3 REPLACE SW 5 2 VDM SHORTING 1 DISCONNECT VDM CABLE 12 and 5 VDC 2 REPLACE VDM Table 6 2 VIDEO DISPLAY PROBLEMS CD 1600 ONLY SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 1 CRT BLANK 1 BRIGHTNESS CONT 1 INCREASE BRIGHTNESS SOLENOIDS OK 2 DEFECTIVE VDM 1 REPLACE VDM 3 NO 12VDC 1 CHECK SW 5 2 REPLACE SW P S 2 HORIZONTAL 1 DEFECTIVE VDM 1 REPLACE VDM LINE ON CRT 3 VERTICAL 1 DEFECTIVE VDM 1 REPLACE VDM LINE ON CRT CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 11 Section 6 Search Go Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Table 6 2 VIDEO DISPLAY PROBLEMS CD 1600 ONLY Continued SYMPTOM PROBABLE CAUSE CORRECTIVE ACTION 4 DOT IN C
279. rews j Remove the black tubing from the T connector leading to the hemoglobin module 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 81 Service Section 9 Search Bo Hemoglobin Flow Cell Removal Cont d k Feed the cable behind solenoid 2 6 and remove the module After reassembly Perform zero offset and gain adjustment para 5 11 2 Verify precision para 5 13 2 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 82 Section 9 Book Back Service Model 1400 Top Cover Removal To remove a Disconnect system power by unplugging the Analyzer power cord at the outlet wor b Remove two top cover panel retaining screws using a 2 Phillips screwdriver E i 4 Pic i c Lift and remove the top cover by sliding it off to the rear He I 2 Section 9 Book Back Service Model 1400 1600 Front Cover Removal To remove a Remove two screws from bottom of cover one screw is located to the left of the start switch plate and the other is located to the right of the start switch plate b Grasp cover on both sides and press down slightly while pulling from the bottom pull cover toward you then bring cover up and away 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9
280. rmable red cells commercial control red cells and white cells in the presence of a lytic reagent have shape factors and electrical shadows similar to rigid soheres Platelets anti coagulated with EDTA in a concentration of 1 5mg mL are both discodial and spherical resulting in mixed shape factors Platelets anti coagulated with EDTA in a concentration of 3 mg mL are converted to spheres resulting in spherical shape factors Orifice edge cell passage is minimized by sheath flow and impulse editing Cell recirculation is mini CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 7 Appendix B Go Back mized by various approaches CELL DYN uses the von Behrens transducer with divider plate see fig ure below Cell size variations due to shear force is minimized by calibration VARIED CELL PASSAGE CELL DYN TRANSDUCE Proprietary von Behrens Flushing Transducer a InternalElectric 2 fringe field on gt a T 4 VenturiStream Jewel Particlefree fluid Trapped recirculating 1 Sensing zone recirculation impulse has narrow amplitude and low cells 2 Orifice center passage impluse has narrow amplitude and medium magnitude 3 Orifice edge passage impuse has wide amplitude and high magnitude CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 8 Appendix B Book Back UNDERSTANDING VOLUMETRIC
281. rmal leukocyte differential are electronically sized after the addition of the new lytic agent data is obtained for thee distinct white cells sub populations Cells correlating to lymphocytes are included in the first sub population small size cells region Cells correlating to neu trophilic granulocytes are included in the third sub population large size cells region Due to the gran CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 15 Appendix B Back ules contained their cytoplasm these neutrophilic granulocytes have a larger lysate modified size even though their true size is equal to or less than mononuclear white cells Outer white cells correlat ing to monocytes eosinophils basophils blasts and other precursor white cells are usually included in the second sub population mid size cells region CELL DYN LYSATE MODIFIED WHITE CELL REGIONS Smallest Cells Largest Cells WBC LYM MID GRAN 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 WHITE CELLS SIZE DATA CRITERIA WHITE CELLS LYM LYSATE MODIFIED leukocytes lymphocytes Each Channel Equals 1 367 femtoliter 1 367 femtoliter Calibration Reference Latex particles Latex particles Count Size Range 35fL and above 351 to 98fL Lower Threshold Channel 26 Channel 26 Upper Threshold Channel 253 Channel 71 Region Alert Areas none LYM RO Channels 20 to 30 LYM R1 Channels 26 to 31 LYM R2 Channels 59 to 71 CELL
282. rocedure a Remove and clean the WBC aperture plate b Run a background count and observe the count time displayed to the right of the WBC his togram mistime should be 5 0 seconds 1 0 second CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 12 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration NOTE There is no count time adjustment procedure If the count time 15 out of specifica tion call the Cell Dyn Technical Support Center for additional information Enter the DIAGNOSTICS mode and press RAW DATA softkey d Observe the time displayed for WBC UPTIME This time represents T1 and is the time from when the WBC count value opens until the meniscus reaches the upper detector WBC UPTIME T1 should be 1 8 to 2 2 seconds Figure 5 2 e If WBC UPTIME is outside the acceptable range an adjustment will be necessary Raise the metering tube to increase the upper time lower the metering tube to decrease the upper time f Repeat steps b thru e until WBC UPTIME is within specification CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 13 Section 5 Search Book TOC Go Back Alignment and Calibration SAMPLE VALVE TO TRANSDUCER UPPER DETECTOR L LOWER DETECTOR Figure 5 2 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 14 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration 5 Power S
283. rvice Manual9211019 July 1993 6 31 Section 6 Search Book Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting 6 2 Messages appearing in the status box Retransmissions occurred During transmission of data log records through the RS 232C channel at least one re transmission was requested Ticket missing There was no ticket in the ticket printer when a ticket printout was requested Ticket printer time out The ticket printer timed out during the printing of a ticket or there was no ticket printer attached SECTION 7 Messages on the QC Menu 7 1 Messages appearing in the status box Retransmissions occurred During transmission of a QC file through the RS 232C channel at least one re transmission was requested XXX is empty The operator requested the display of a QC file that has no samples in it XXX is the name of the file CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 32 Section 6 Search Book Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting SECTION 8 Messages on the Special Protocols Menu 81 Message appearing in center region of screen Can not do this function while in Stand By The user is advised that when the CD1400 is in stand by no flow process can be done SECTION 9 Messages on the Diagnostics Menu 9 1 Messages appearing in the status box Time out at N seconds CCM process initiated by the operator took longer to complete than allowed usually indicating a failur
284. sembly Removal To remove Service a Remove Top Cover b Loosen the two retaining screws holding the top inner cover and swivel it upward and to the rear E M LS CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 23 Section 9 Book Go Back Service Model 1600 Saline Syringe Driver Assembly Removal Cont d c Remove Left Cover d Remove the three retaining screws for the saline syringe driver assembly with a 7 64 allen head wrench There are two retaining screws in the front that must be removed and one in the rear of the unit that must be loosened Do not remove the rear screw all the way the hole is slotted which will allow you to move the unit forward 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 24 Section 9 Search Book Back Service Model 1600 Saline Syringe Driver Assembly Removal oru C 213 e Remove all tubing and cabling attached to the saline sy ringe driver assembly There are two cables in the back Remove ribbon cable 445 from the top first then re move ribbon cable 444 from the bottom f Disconnect the tubes on both sides of the directional valve g Liftthe syringe driver assembly out of the chassis After Reassembly e Verify Diluent Volume verify Calibration para 5 8 2 and 5 13 1600 1400 Hematology A
285. several manufacturers of cell counting devices became interested in screening every CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 4 Appendix B Search Book TOC Go Back specimen for the white cells differential simultaneously with the basic 7 or 8 parameter measurement Technicon introduced a device using a cytochemical stain and optical light scatter method that pro vided a five part differential screen with the hemagram This unit was effective but slow requiring about 9 minutes for a complete cycle for one specimen Additionally the purchase price and mainte nance costs made them impractical for anything except for very large throughput laboratories Then in 1983 LYM count capability was added to the S PLUS and late in 1984 a three part diff screening capability was added to the S PLUS IV These analyzers measured the size of prediluted white cells that had been cytochemically modified by a special lytic reagent formulated to keep the cell membrane intact for determination of diff screen results Sequoia Turner introduced the CELL DYN 2000 multi parameter automated hematology analyzer in late1985 CELL DYN 2000 was the first blood counting device to provide in a single compact bench top analyzer a complete CBC with diff screen 3 part automation and a comprehensive data management package Ortho and TOA soon followed with their systems that were capable of doing a diff screen 3 part These diff screen analy
286. shooting URI MRI A region alert lower upper or multiple occurred during the measurement of platelets Message appearing in place of a calibration factor gt lt measured values for the given parameter were not close enough together for adequate calibration Messages appearing on line 4 Meniscus Error During a measurement one or more of the meniscus detectors was on at the start of metering more information will be available on the Diagnostics Menu Count Overranger During a measurement there was an overflow in one of the pulse height arrays histograms Electrode Voltage During a measurement the voltage on the guard electrode was out of the acceptable range Messages appearing in the status box Timed Out A measurement took longer than the expected time usually indicating that the CCM has ceased to function One the CD1600 this message can also occur during calibration of the lyse pump CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 44 Section 6 Search Book TOC Go Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Cannot CAL Un initialized The operator attempted to begin calibration on an instrument that is not initialized Enter RUN MENU to Prime The operator attempted to begin calibration on an instrument that is not primed Cannot Do If Un initialized The operator of a CD1600 attempted lyse calibration on an instrument that was not initialized MESSAGES
287. sible before they are run to eliminate this situation It is also recommended to verify calibration by running QC specimens or retained patient specimens that were run when X B data was IN When the mean value for the last two consecutive batches are OUTSIDE of the target and limits for one or more of the three parameters action is required to determine and correct the cause User is required to verify calibration by running QC specimens and retained patient specimens that were run when X B data was in or to run specimen with reference assay calibration values To assist in trouble shooting the cause the user should determine what if anything has been changed on the analyzer system For example Were reagents changed Was the system recalibrated Was service per formed To easily identify specimens in the current X B batch on CELL DYN Diff Screen analyzers with this CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 52 Appendix B Search Back program a is placed in front of the sequence number the DATA LOG In the run menu the third line of the upper left screen displays the current status of the X B program when patient specimen type is selected and the X B program is on via set main screen For Current Status displaying Type Patient X B equals number in current batch and IN indicates last batch was within target and lim its for all three parameters
288. stem The purpose of this system is to convert the size of each detected particle to an electronic equivalent signal This signal is then processed to calculate the number of particles within a pre selected size range for a known sample volume The displayed value represents the concentration of the sample in cells per microliter cells ul Hemoglobin is measured by a separate colorimetric method The absorbance calculated from the measured values of light transmission is directly proportional to the concentration of hemoglobin A description of each major function of the instrument necessary to accomplish this task follows 2 3 Sample Preparation A major disadvantage of whole blood measurement relative to electronic particle counting is the high concentration of cells is whole blood This problem is easily solved by controlled dilution A prerequi site for electronic particle detection is low sample concentrations that will permit the existence of only one particle in the sensing tone at any given time Two or more cells in the sensing zone will be detected as a single cell and result in a counting error Whole blood with concentrations as high as five million cells per microliter will require accurate dilution before electronic measurement can be attempted When the dilution ratio is known the value measured by the instrument can be related to the whole blood value An obvious question is how much dilution of whole blood is required to satis
289. t Pins on the DB 25 connector Pin 1 Pin 2 Pin 3 Pin 4 Pin 5 Pin 6 Pin 7 Pin 8 Pin 20 Chassis Ground Selectable at installation as either Data to Host or Data to System Selectable at installation as either Data to Host or Data to System Selectable at installation as either Request to Send RTS output or Open Selectable at installation as either Clear to Send CTS input or Loop through to Pin 20 or High or Open Selectable at installation as either Data Carrier Detect DCD input or Loop through to Pin 8 or High or Open Signal Ground Selectable at installation as either Data Carrier Detect DCD input or Loop through to Pin 6 or High or Open Selectable at installation as either Clear to Send CTS input or Loop through to Pin 5 or High or Open Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 B May 1996 2 2 2 Search Back Connections that are selectable at installation are made by connecting pins of header E1 on the User Interface Module UIM 9600550 or 9601700 together with jumper plugs The last sheet of this document shows where on the UIM to locate header E1 and to what each pin of E1 is connected If CTS is not to be used to controll transmission use a jumper plug to connect RTS to CTS pin F to pin H 3 0 Electrical Interface 3 1 3 2 Voltage levels and electrical characteristics are as defined by the EIA RS 232C specifi cation The maximum recomm
290. t current is maintained by a propor tional increase in voltage hence the charge and discharge of the coupling capacitor induces a signal into the inverting input of the amplifier The output of the amplifier produces an instantaneous amplified electrical pulse The amplitude represents the volumetric size of the detected cell CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 2 6 Section 2 Search Back Theory of Operation VOLTS AMBIENT CONSTANT CURRENT PRESSURE VACUUM ORIFICE S SIGNAL OUT AMPLIFIER SAMPLE DETERGENT TRANSDUCER Figure 2 2 ELECTRICAL RESISTANCE DETECTION 2 6 Pulse Amplitude To Particle Size Response The continuous passage of cells through the orifice s sensing zone produces a pulse train at the out put of the amplifier The gain control of the amplifier calibrates the sizing function of the instrument by establishing a known relationship between the mean site of the cells and the mean pulse amplitude of the signal This linear response is depicted in Figure 2 3 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 2 7 Section 2 Theory of Operation SIZE RESPONSE EQUALS 20 MV PER CUBIC MICRON 1 00 V 800 V PULSE PEAK V VOLTS 500 400 V 3 3 3 3 3 20 UM 30 UM 40 UM 50 UM CELL VOLUME IN CUBIC MICRONS Figure 2 3 PULSE AMPLITUDE TO PARTICLE SIZE RESPONS
291. t mean is 90 the difference is 9 99 90 9 When the MCV for specimen 2 is 91 the difference is 1 91 90 1 It the difference only was used the outlier specimen 1 would have more weight than specimen 2 The X B algorithm uses the square root of 9 which is 3 and the square root of 1 which is 1 to lessen the weight of specimen 1 and to keep the weight of specimen 2 the same Use of this outier trimming function means that all specimens can be included in the batch and that elimination of outliers was not required Moving average algorithms smooth batch data by using the mean from previous batches five times in the calculation Each newly calculated batch mean includes data from previous batches This action results in the term moving average To determine if batch data is acceptable the calculated data for each new batch is compared to estab lish X B target and limits The X B target value for MCV MCH and MCHC can be established by using the calculated mean value for batch 50 or by calculating an arithmetic mean for 1000 specimens Dur ing collection of data to establish the X B target the system calibration must be tightly monitored by running specimens with reference assay values Per Dr Bull the established limits should be 3 The X B target value for MCV should be 89 2 If it is not system calibration should be verified by run ning 3 to 5 fresh whole blood specimens with RBC and HCT values obtained by reference methods Fo
292. t of Iron Deficiency ACTION Review smear due to abnormal results CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 49 Appendix B Book Back UNDERSTANDING THE X B MOVING AVERAGE QC PROGRAM The X B moving average or Bull mean QC program was first developed to monitor Instrument calibra tion drifts by Dr Brian Bull et al In 1974 It was developed out of a need to cut operating costs and to still monitor system calibration as unknown specimens were run In the 70 s automated analyzers required about 1mL of specimen and ran a minimum of a 100 specimen during a shift Some labs ran a retained patient specimen after every batch of specimens to monitor the instrument performance A better method ideally one to monitor system performance as the patient specimens were run was required In his quest for such a method Dr Bull noted the relative stability of the red cells indices This stability is based on the fact that a even though the red cells count and the hematocrit results drop due to blood loss the MCV value a calculated ratio of these parameters remains unchanged b even though the red cells count and the hemoglobin results drop due to blood loss the MCH value a calculated ratio of these parameters remains unchanged c even though the hematocrit and the hemoglobin results drop due to blood loss the MCHC value a calculated ratio of these parameters remains unchanged Dr B
293. teps and the Upper Switch 2 is checked Probe is moved CCW at a fan speed until the Right Switch 4 is activated It is then changed to a slow speed and homed against the right Hard Stop which is the mounting bracket for Right Switch 4 Probe moves CW to the Pre Mix Cup and ten Switch 3 is checked It then moves into Pre Mix Cup Probe moves up and Upper Switch 2 is checked Probe moves CCW to center position and down and Lower Switch 1 is checked The completes the initialization cycle CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 49 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration UP HARD STOP ADJUST PROBE HERE UP POSITION INITIALIZE UP POSITION ADJUST SW 2 HERE 828 813 ADJUST SW 1 HERE INITIALIZE amp RUN DOWN POSITION Figure 5 13 PROBE UP DOWN INITIALIZE AND RUN MODES CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 50 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration PROBE ROTATE INITIALIZE 7 HARD STOP PREMI CUP RBC CUP 8 STEPS gt STEPS 117 STEPS Figure 5 14 PROBE ROTATE INITIALIZE MODE Operation During Run Mode References Figures 5 13 5 15 a When Start Switch is pressed 30 ul of sample is aspirated and Lower Switch 1 is checked b Probe then roves up to a position two steps fro
294. ters long The Count Data message is 212 characters long These message lengths count all characters from STX to ETX inclusive Data Representation Numeric data are transmitted in fields of fixed length with zeros used to fill empty spaces on the left Out of range numeric values are represented by strings of gt characters hex 3E and undefined numeric values are represented by strings of characters hex 2D Alphanumeric data are transmitted in fields of fixed length enclosed in double quotation marks Within the quotation marks the data are right justified and blanks hex 20 are used to fill empty spaces Fields are separated by commas hex 2C 6 0 Identification ID Segment 6 1 6 2 The Identification segment of each message identifies the type of message and the specimen the message represents Message Type Field 1 The Message Type field identifies the message There are four message types WBC Histogram Message Type WBC RBC Histogram Message Type RBC PLT Histogram Message Type PLT Count Data Message Type Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 7 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 Search Book Go Back Sequence Number Field 2 The Sequence Number is a numeric field of three 3 characters with a value ranging from 1 to 960 Specimen ID Field 3 The Specimen ID is an alphanumeric field of nine 9 characters enclosed in double quo tation marks If
295. the ground lead to TP2 DAC GND on the DCM Board Enter DIAGNOSTICS press SERVICE DEC CODE enter 2 and press ENTER Adjust R1 for 9 0 volts 0 07 volts Press SERVICE DEC CODE enter 1 and press ENTER Check TP3 for 4 5 volts 0 07 volts Counterclockwise rotation will increase the voltage CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 24 Section 5 TOC Go Back Alignment and Calibration Table 5 5 DCM ALIGNMENT Function Test Adjust Setting Range DTOA OUTPUT 1 9 00 V 0 07 Figure 5 4 TEST POINTS CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 25 Section 5 Back Alignment and Calibration 5 11 Pre Amplifer Module PAM 5 11 1 DISCUSSION The PRE AMPLIFIER MODULE is located on the front of the Row Panel Hemoglobin circuitry and self test and Platelet and WBC aperture current require verification and or adjustment on this module The hemoglobin flow cell should be cleaned per Paragraph 78 in Operators Manual before performing hemoglobin alignments 5 11 2 PRE AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT FIGURE 5 5 a Remove upper and lower Front Panels b Locate PAM mounted to front of panel Remove cover by removing 4 screws d Connect a jumper between pin 5 of J1 and TP5 Analog Ground This will extinguish the Hgb LED e Connect positive lead of DVM
296. the specimen is a patient specimen the Specimen ID is entered by the operator on the System Otherwise the Specimen ID is generated by the System to identify special types of samples such as controls Operator ID Field 4 The Operator ID is a alphanumeric field of two 2 characters as entered by the operator on the System Specimen Date Field 5 The Specimen Date is an alphanumeric field of eight 8 characters enclosed in double quotation marks giving the date on which the specimen was run The format of the date is MM DD YY where MM represents the month in two digits DD represents the day of the month and YY represents the year Interface Specification CELL DYN 1600 System 04B34 01 May 1996 8 Search Book Go Back 6 7 Specimen Time Field 6 The Specimen Time is a alphanumeric field of five 5 characters enclosed in double quotation marks It gives the time at which the specimen was run in standard 24 hour format 7 0 Results Segment 7 1 results for each specimen are sent in the format described Refer to Table Table Il and the following paragraphs All numeric fields are integers and some need to be scaled by the Host 7 2 Histogram Messages 7 2 1 Scale Factor Field 7 The Scale Factor is a numeric field of five 5 characters It is not implemented at this time and is therefore always transmitted as O 7 2 2 Channel Data Fields 8 through 71 The Channel Data fields are nu
297. thirty seconds and if display indicates time out then most likely CCM failed and its failure led to UIM timeout CCM was busy at the time of failure Power on tests 1 gs y y CCM failed ROM test on 1st checksum byte 2 gs y y CCM failed ROM test on 2nd checksum byte 3 gs yy y CCM failed VIA test register checked DDRA 4 gs y y CCM failed VIA test register checked IER 5 gs y y y CCM failed VIA test register checked IFR 6 gs yy y CCM failed VIA test register checked VCR 7 05 CCM failed VIA test register checked DDRB 8 gsy y CCM failed RAM test walking 1 s 9 gsy y y CCM failed RAM test on clearing to zero CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 55 Section 7 Back Preventive Maintenance Section Table of Contents Introduction e Safety Precautions e Gathering Background Information e Materials Required System Overview System Clean Up System Inspection POWER OFF Alignment and Calibration POWER ON e Power Supply Voltages Diluent Volume Verification e Sample Volume Verification e Signal Processor Module SPM e Device Control Module DCM e Pre Amplifier Module PAM e Instrument Calibration PM Completion CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 Section 7 TOC Go Back Preventive Maintenance 7
298. tion 8 Search Book Back Schematics and Parts Layout a MALE ECO LEN ____ ME RN Jl FEEDBACK i pav NETT TABULATION CHART 44 NOTES OTHERWISE SPEC FIED ALL REEETORG ABE 5 2 ALL CAPAC TORE ARE WiERO ARAaDS 10 5 SEE TASULATION CHART 4 3 2 1 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 68 Section 8 Search Book Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout 5 4 3 me a oni ED BM Lo _______ uen 0 2 i xd 5 p p E sull mid AMT DUE NIE oe BE yt aie ras 2 z 3 4 TCR d A B m uum 1 ke 5 4 h HH a s Li i aeg ____ 1 Aalan Aafaa gu v AA rm p iT em i Aafa 5 o a L p Jr LL m Pj 4 fe sls ar pb CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 69 Schematics and Parts Layout 072 JATA Search Book Back
299. tions CD1400 and 1600 Sample Sequence Description WBC amp RBC Sample Timing Description CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 1 Section 3 Search Book TOC Go Back System Description 3 1 Introduction Description of the CD 1400 and 1600 parameters reagents specifications and operation are con tained in the CD 1400 and 1600 Operator s Reference Manual This section contains information on assembly locations functional block diagrams and functional sequences of events 3 2 System Configuration References Section 8 Pages 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 8 6 8 7 8 8 The CD 1400 and 1600 systems are divided into the following major sections Flow Panel The flow panel comprises the majority of the sample plumbing and hardware The dia grams on pages 8 2 through 8 8 show the physical locations of electronic modules and mechanical hardware Reagent Panel The Reagent Panel contains the Vacuum and Pressure Pumps Waste Bottles and asso ciated Solenoids and Hardware Pages 8 6 and 8 7 show the physical layout of the Re agent Panel Reagent Inlet Panel The Reagent Inlet Panel provides connections for incoming reagents and outgoing waste The Lyse Pump and Detergent Inlet Saline Inlet and Saline Buffer Fill Solenoids are also mounted on this panel The physical locations are shown on page 8 3 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 2 Section 3 Search Boo
300. to as platelet rich plasma and the method of obtaining it are extremely technique dependent and influ enced by the packed cell volume of the red cells Better methods were sought to accurately count platelets The availability of less expensive computer chips in the late 70 s had a strong impact on the technol ogy used for cell counting devices by expanding their capabilities Computer programs could now be written to run flow sequences and monitor data In 1978 a semi automated device was introduced that combined the resistance or impedance method with a sheath stream to feed the diluted cells single file through the sensing zone This was the first device to provide accurate platelet count measurement in the presence of red cells The sheath stream minimized the effect of recirculating red cells on the CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 3 Appendix B Search Back accuracy of the platelets count In 1979 Ortho introduced a fully automated device that employed an optical laser light scatter method and a sheath stream This unit had a tremendous initial success due to its ability to automatically provide an accurate platelet count simultaneously with the basic seven parameters But its success was limited primarily due to poor reliability and poor sizing of the red cells Then in 1980 the first S PLUS analyzer was introduced using a patented sweep flow approach to minimize the effect of r
301. to TP2 Connected ground of DVM to TP5 f Adjust R5 Hgb Zero Onset for 0 000 volts 001 volts g Remove jumper lead and allow a 5 minute warmup period h Cycle instrument to fill Hgb flow cell with fresh reagent i Measure voltage at TP2 j Adjust R12 Hgb Gain Adjust for 5 0 volts 0 2 volts CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 26 Section 5 Back Alignment and Calibration Conned positive lead of DVM to TP1 Conned negative to 100 volts return on the mother board at TP5 Run a background count Verify 100 volts 2 0 volts Figure 5 5 TEST POINTS l Disconnect the RBC signal cable from J2 m Connect a 20K Ohm 1 4 watt resistor across pins 4 and 5 of J2 n Connect DVM across resistor Run a count to turn on the supply Adjust R21 PLT aperture current adjust for 1 0 volts 0 01 volts CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 57 Section 5 Search Back Alignment and Calibration q Hemove resistor and reconnect cable to J2 r Disconnect the WBC signal cable from J4 5 Connect 15K Ohm 1 4 watt resistor across pins 4 and 5 of J4 t Connect DVM across resistor Run count turn on the supply Adjust R35 WBC aperture current adjust for 12 0 volts 0 01 volts W Remove resistor and reconnect cable to J4 Table 5 5 DCM ALIGN
302. tograms URI alert due to increased cells in 20 to 24fL region ACTION Review smear due to abnormal results and histograms CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 41 Appendix B Go Back CASE EXAMPLE 6 WBC 22 K uL LYM 0 4 20 1 L MID 01 R3 2 4 M WBC GRAN 17 77 5 G 3 34 M uL HGB 13 1 g dL HCT 36 0 MCV 105 fL RBC MCH 38 2 pg MCHC 36 4 g dL RDW 20 6 96 PLT 31 MPV fL PLT PCT f iura PDW 10 GSD T ms 58 10 15 29 25 30 100 200 Cells Reference Differential Red Cell Morphology Lymphocytes 15 Anisocytosis Variant Lymphs Poikilocytosis i Monocytes 3 Microcytosis Eosinophils Macrocytosis Basophils Neutrophils 43 Bands Stabs 39 Polychromasia Spherocytosis Target Cells I Myelolcytes Toxic Granulation Metamyelocytes Hypersegmented Polys Promyelocytes Nucleated RBC s 3 100 WBC s Blasts Reticulocytes 1000 RBC s COMMENTS Decreased RBC and PLT with increased MCB and RDW Characteristic of Macrocytic Heterozygolus Anemia NRBC s and low WBC 2 200 uL and PLT counts are consistent with Cytotoxic Chemother apy ACTION Review smear due to alerts and abnormal results and histograms CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 42 Appendix B Go Back CASE EXAMPLE 7
303. tor are video horizontal drive vertical drive and intensity Bi directional communications with the UIM is accomplished via an RS 232 bus at 9600 baud with DTR The power requirements are 5 VDV and 12 VDC Parameters The VDM produces letters in a 7 x 9 dot matrix contained a 9 x 14 box The display circuitry is designed for a monitor having vertical and horizontal frequencies that allow for 80 columns and 24 or 25 rows There are 720 dots on a line and 350 rows Major System Components CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 4 30 Section 4 1 Search TOC Go Back Circuit Description Video Section The video RAM is 8K by 8 There is 1 byte of character data and 1 byte of attribute for each of the 2000 character positions on the display An 8K by 8 EPROM is used to store the font Only eight dots are stored in the EPROM with the ninth dot being fabricated based on the ASCII code being processed Nearly all of the video signal logic excluding latches and the video RAM mux is done with three Programmable Array Logic chips MPU Section The MPU is a 6809E Scratchpad memory is independent of the video RAM has been provided This memory is 2K x 8 expandable to 8K by 8 Also there is a fairly standard arrangement of 8K or EPROM for firmware ACIA and PIA The ACIA has a BAUD rate generator nearly identical to the one on the UIM Dot Timing The 16 Mhz oscillator is divi
304. ts for displayed and stored data Prints 8 5 x 11 specimen report automatically at completion of each run cycle Each report includes date time identification numbers for operator speci men and cycle sequences the result of each parameter and any alert message s External impact dot matrix ticket printer Prints multicopy 8 x 3 25 alpha numeric no graphic data report for current specimen being run RS232 C Fixed format ASCII stream CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 1 10 Section 1 Search Book General Information DATA STORAGE Numeric data for the last 320 run cycles includes data for all cycles run are automatically stored and can be displayed and printed for review via data log mode Power failure protection for all stored data is provided by a 3 5 inch floppy disk REAGENT SUPPLY REQUIREMENTS REAGENT REQUIREMENTS Diluent Detergent Lyse CBC ml 13 1 0 ml 35 ml 13 ml 1 ml Initialization 15 ml N A N A Prime Background 85 ml 45 ml 2 5 ml 20 ml 22 ml N A CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 1 11 Section 2 Search Book TOC Go Back Theory of Operation Section Table of Contents System Description Purpose of System Sample Preparation Sample Transport Particle Detection Pulse Amplitude to Particle Size Response Size Threshold and Ce
305. turning to the RUN mode Pressing GAIN ADJUST TEST and then pressing the START SWITCH runs a normal cycle The results from that cycle are displayed on the various DIAGNOSTICS screens CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 29 Section 5 Search TOC Go Back Alignment and Calibration 1 R4 RS R6R7 R8 R9 R11 RIS R16 DOE e 0 00 Figure 5 6 POINTS 5 12 2 MAIN AMPLIFIER OFFSET and GAIN ADJUSTMENT Reference Figure 5 6 a Ensure that instrument is in the READY mode b Connect oscilloscope TP10 WBC OUT Connect ground to 9 Set scope for 10 mv division DC If you prefer you may substitute a digital voltmeter for he oscilloscope to make this adjustment CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 30 Section 5 Search Back Alignment and Calibration Adjust R1 WBC ZERO ADJUST so that the baseline of the noise signal is positioned at 0 000 volts 0 002 d Prepare a WBC latex dilution 1 Enter SPECIAL PROTOCOLS mode and use 10ML DISPENSE to dispense 20ml of diluent into a clean container 2 Add 1 drop of well mixed 5 0 latex particle solution to the 20 of diluent and mix well 3 Before entering the Gain Adjust Mode fill Pre Mix Cup to the level of Saline Inlet Port with WBC latex dilution e Enter Gain Adjust Mode 1 Enter RUN mode and press SPECIMEN TYPE 2
306. ual9211019 July 1993 3 7 Section 3 Search Book Go Back System Description d THE RBC SIGNAL IS ROUTED TO THE INPUT OF ME SPM AND THE CELL EDITING CIRCUITRY CELL EDITING IS PERFORMED ON THE RBC SIGNAL TO ELIMINATE INVALID RBC PULSES A DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF CELL EDITING IS CONTAINED IN SECTION 4 The RBC PLT and WBC signals are accepted by the SPM and discriminated amplified and the amplitude of each valid pulse is measure by a fast A D and sent across the data bus to the CCM The A D data for RBC PLT and WBC are individually divided by the CCM into 256 discrete size channels The cell count in each channel is accumulated in discrete memory locations and will be used to generate count data percentage data and histogram data for RBC PLT and WBC and other parameters CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 3 8 Section 3 Back UPPER DET RBC METERING LOWER DET MODULE UPPER DET WBC METERING LOWER DET MODULE HGB FLOW CELL red CELL SIG RANSDUCER CELL SIG CONST i wec go esata DCM CDM DATA BUS HGB SIGNAL RBC PLT SIG WBC SIGNAL PLT SIG STROBE SPM System Description DISPLAY CCM UIM DATA BUS CCM DCM DATA BUS CELL A D DATA RBC PLT CELL CLOCK Figure 3 2 MEASUREMENT BLOCK DIAGRAM CELL DYN 1600 14
307. ucleated RBC s 100 WBC s Blasts Reticulocytes 18 1000 RBC s COMMENTS Data is essentially normal ACTION No follow up action required CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 37 Search Book Go Back Appendix WBC 27 K uL LYM 1 5 RM 54 3 L MID 0 3 12 6 M GRAN 0 9 RM 33 1 G RBC 2 43 HGB 9 0 g dL HCT 25 3 96 MCV 104 fL MCH 37 0 pg MCHC 35 6 g dL RDW 23 6 PLT 77 fL PCT PDW 10 GSD 100 200 Cells Reference Differential Lymphocytes 28 Variant Lymphs Monocytes 24 Eosinophils 3 96 Basophils Neutrophils 34 Bands Stabs 11 Myelolcytes Metamyelocytes Promyelocytes Blasts CASE EXAMPLE 2 Red Cell Ono Anisocytosis Poikilocytosis Microcytosis Macrocytosis Polychromasia Spherocytosis Target Cells Toxic Granulation Hypersegmented Polys Nucleated RBC s I I 100 WBC s Reticulocytes 13 1000 RBC s COMMENTS Myelodysplastic Syndrome MDS with ringed Sideroblastic and fibrin Characteristic abnormal WB ACTION Review smear due to abnormal results and histograms CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual C and PLT histograms for this type of specimen Fibrin affects all histograms 9211019 July 93 B 38 Appendix B WBC 4 7 LYM 2 7 MID 0 6 GRAN 1 4 RBC 4 16 HGB 8 4 HCT 28 7 MCV 69 MCH 20 2 MCHC 29 3 RDW 17 1 PLT 432 MPV
308. ull also observed that the calculated arithmetic average value for each of the three red cells indi ces obtained from a significant number 1000 of specimens will fall in the following range MCV 90 0 3 0 is 30 0 1 5 and MCHC 34 0 1 5 Follow up calculation for specimens run around the world show that these values remain the same regardless of altitude From this Dr Bull concluded that any significant change in the mean value for these parameters is due to changes in the analyzer system electronics reagents hardware rather than changes in the patient specimens For years moving average algorithms have been used as statistical tools to analyze trends Dr Bull modified one of these algorithms to analyze the MCV MCH and MCHC results for each patient speci CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 50 Appendix B Search Book Go Back men in batches of 20 specimens His modified algorithm referred to as the X B algorithm trims and Smooths data for each patient specimen and calculates a new mean value for MCV MCH and MCHC for each batch of 20 specimens X B batch data could not be used to monitor system perfor mance as patient specimens were run The X B algorithm incorporates a square root function to trim data for each specimen to reduce the amount of weight given so specimen values that are away from the target value For example when the MCV for specimen 1 is 99 and the targe
309. un reference samples and ensure values are within 3 of refer ence values 5 13 5 AUTO CALIBRATION PROCEDURE a Enter first screen in CALIBRATION made b Press AUTO CAL SELECT then press FRESH BLOOD Enter reference values for sample being used perform complete Auto Calibration by using the Start Switch to run the sample NOTE The instrument allows five runs to obtain three valid results The three valid results are then used to calculate a factor If calibration for a parameter is ccessful a factor will be dislayed to the right of the values for the runs A display of gt indicates that the calibration was unsuccessful for that particular parameter Only parameters with gt displayed need to be recalibrated 5 13 6 MODE TO MODE VERIFICATION a Confirm background count and precision for both open and closed modes are within estab lished limits b Verify calibration of open mode by running all three levels of commercial controls CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 44 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration Select two replicated files to be used for the determination of the mean value for each mode Purge any existing data In the closed mode run five normal specimens into the first empty file Repeat three times and print file In the open mode run the same five specimens into the second empty file Repeat three
310. upply Voltage Verification Adjustments 571 DISCUSSION All appropriate power supply voltages are available for testing on the front test points of the MOTHER BOARD It is essential that all voltages be verified and or adjusted before proceeding with Me electronic alignment of the individual PCB s Mother board test points are lined in Table 5 1 Non CSA Power Supply Module PSM ten points are listed in Table 5 2 CSA PSM test points are listed in Table 5 3 5 7 2 MOTHER BOARD VOLTAGE TEST POINTS Table 5 1 Test Function Range Ripple TP1 DIGITAL GROUND TP2 ANALOG GROUND 15 VDC 0 5 VOLTS lt 30 mv PP 4 15VDC 0 5 VOLTS lt 30 mu PP 5 100 V RETURN TP6 100 VDC 2 0 VOLTS lt 5 mu PP TP7 5 VDC SEE PARAGRAPH 5 7 5 STEP b FOR SPECS CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 5 15 Section 5 Search Book Back Alignment and Calibration Table 5 1 Continued Test Function Range Ripple 0 24 VOLTS TPS 1206 0 72 VOLTS 50 mu PP 9 12VDC 0 6 VOLTS lt 80 mu PP 5 7 3 POWER SUPPLY MODULE TEST POINTS NON CSA VERSION Table 5 2 Test Function Range Ripple PSM TP2 ANALOG GROUND N A PSM TP4 12VDC UREG 15V 2v lt 3 0V PSM TP1 24 0 UREG 28V lt 7 0V PSM TP3 100VDC 100V 6V lt 30MV PSM TP5 100V RETURN N A N A PSM TP6 15VDC 15V 4V lt 30MV PP PSM TP7 15VDC 15V
311. usually correlates with presence of Basophilia gt 5 e Blasts CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 19 Appendix B TOC Go Back Plasma Cells e Eosinophilis occasionally MID R3 or RM alert activates when lysate modified white cells sizing data in region to left of 135fL exceed normal criteria Alert usually correlates with presence of e Stabs or Bands gt 10 Blasts Plasma Cells Eosinophilia gt 10 Basophilia occasionally A granular Neutrophils gt 20 GRAN REGION large size cells Extends from approximately 135f to 345fL Cells in this area typi cally correlate to polymorphonuclear granulocytic neutrophils However in approximately 20 of the specimens granulocytic eosinophils can also locate in this region Precursor granulocytic cells espe cially stabs or bands have a tendency to locate closest to the mid cell region GRAN or RM alerts activates when lysate modified white cells sizing data in region to right of 135f exceed normal criteria Alert usually correlates with presence of Eosinophilia gt 10 Immature granulocytes CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 20 Appendix B Go Back e Stabs or Bands gt 10 Granulocytosis Neutropenia A granular Neutrophils gt 20 GRAN RM alerts activates
312. ut of the indicated reagent Printer time out The printer has failed to complete a printout in the expected time gt Short Sample lt On CD1400CS not enough blood was detected for last sample processed SECTION 3 Messages on the Main Menu 31 Messages appearing in the status box Fix then Press CLEAR ALARM An operator correctable fault occurred during initialization Cannot RUN uninitialized The operator has attempted to enter the Run Menu on an uninitialized instrument CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 25 Section 6 Search Book Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting SECTION 4 Messages on the Run Menu 41 Message appearing on line 4 and in print outs Count Overrange During a measurement there was an overflow in one of the pulse height arrays histograms 4 2 Messages appearing in the status box No Data To Flint The operator requested a print out on the ticket printer or the graphics printer when there were no valid data 4 3 Messages appearing in place of count times also in printouts Flow Err During metering for the given cell type a meniscus was not detected or was detected at an unexpected time Clog The count time for the given cell type was out of range 4 4 Messages appearing near the WBC differentials also in print outs RO R1 R2 RM One RO R1 or R2 or more RM region alerts are in effect for the lymphocyte count CEL
313. ve white cell preshrunk to specific sizes or other material to simulate white cells in the different regions These controls are used to check the electronic detection sizing etc and not the mechanical Lyse dispense mixing etc portion of the diff assay system CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 25 Appendix B Book Back CONTROL DIFF SCREEN RESULTS ARE DIFFERENT FOR CELL DYN AND FOR COULTER ANALYZERS Due to differences in reagent formulation and size distribution scaling between CELL DYN and Coulter the size region for the subpopulations are different For LYM results they are essentially the same however the size region for MID MONO and GRAN results are different CELL DYN size region for LYM is 35 to 98fL for MID is 98 to 135fL and for GRAN is 135 to 350fL Coulter size region for LYM is 35 to 90fL for MONO is 90 to 160fL and for GRAN is 160 to 450fL Therefore control diff screen results for CELL DYN MID and GRAN regions will differ from those for Coulter MONO and GRAN regions DIFF SCREEN DATA CAN BE AFFECTED BY WBC GAIN THRESHOLD SETTING WBC gain sets the WBC threshold and is affects by the electronics and the reagents When the gain setting is adjusted too high is to far to the right the white cells count is too low because some small white cells are not included in the count When the gain setting is adjusted too low is to far to the left the white c
314. vice Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 5 Section 8 Search TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout SOL 5 2 RELAY MODULE SOL 5 1 SOL 5 5 SOL 5 5 SOL 5 4 5 WASTE BOTTLE A WASTE BOTTLE 1I B WASTE BOT EMPTY SENSOR PRESSURE PUMP HIGH VACUUM PUMPS 8 Hg PRESSURE PUMP 5 PSI eee ee CD1600 REAGENT PANEL FRONT VIEW LLL 8801 1 AA OqOAOPPBPBBBIHEBPBBOBBB pore CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 6 Section 8 Search Book TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout it h VACUUM REGULATOR 8 Hg PRESSURE REGULATOR 5 PSI OA 1 yji AT T nt AIR FILTER 5 PSI on T Cou VACUUM ACCUMULATOR 8 Hg PRESSURE ACCUMULATOR 5 PSI 1 01500 REAGENT PANEL REAR VIEW CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 1993 8 7 Section 8 Search TOC Go Back Schematics and Parts Layout SOL 3 2 SOL 3 6 SOL 5 4 SOL 4 6 SOL 3 5 SOL 3 3 SOL 4 8 SOL 47 SOL 4 5 SOL 4 4 SOL 2 7 SOL 2 6 CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual SOL 2 1 SOL 4 3 9211019 July 1993 SOL 1 SOL 1 1 SOL 2 3 SOL 1 4 SOL 1 3 SOL 1 2 SOL 2 4 SOL 2 5 SOL 1 5 CD1600 FLOW PANEL
315. ware for the CD1600 recognizes a number of error conditions and calls the operator s atten tion to them by means of specific messages This document lists the various messages that may appear and explains the conditions under which they arise Some of the messages may appear on most or all of the menus while others are menu specific GENERAL ERROR MESSAGES Messages appearing on line 4 of the display Disk Error N An error has occurred during a disk operation The value of N indicates the nature of the error according to the following table 1 illegal function was requested An un implemented function was requested The unit number was not valid The drive was not ready The sector address was not valid The diskette was write protected There was a seek error The sector ID was not found There was a CRC enor during a read There was an error during a sector write Data was lost during reading or writing CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual9211019 July 1993 6 38 O N EE Section 6 Search Book Back Diagnostics Troubleshooting Deadband Error An error occurred while the heads of the disk drive were being returned to track zero This usually indicates a bad disk UIM timeout on message type N The UIM sent command N to the CCM and received no response within the allotted time This usually means that the CCM has stopped functioning UIM CCM message error N
316. when lysate modified white cells sizing data in region to left of 350fL exceed normal criteria Alert usually correlates with presence of Granulocytosis Neutropenia CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 21 Appendix B Go Back DIFF SCREEN DATA CAN BE AFFECTED BY ANTICOAGULANT SPECIMEN AGE AFTER COLLECTION IN EDTA AND SPECIMEN TEMPERATURE Diff screen results show an insignificant difference between results obtained from specimens collected in either tri potassium usually liquid or di sodium usually powdered EDTA anticoagulants and run from 1 to 4 hours after collection When heparin anticoagulant is used there is a possible inter action between heparin and the diff screen reagents and for this reason heparin is never recom mended as an anticoagulant for specimens to be run on diff screen analyzers Evaluation data show that lytic action can be affected by the age of the specimen after collection in EDTA and by the temperature of the specimen Since lytic action is directly related to the cell mem brane anything that affects it can affect the diff screen results EDTA appears to change the white cells membrane for a tune period between 5 and 20 30 minutes after collection This change generally results in an enhanced lytic action and a more rapid compression of the membrane histogram is compressed to the left The temperature of the specimen also
317. will go pull forward on the bottom of the panel and lift it from Y the instrument After reassembly Perform Motor Power Test para 5 14 3 Perform Lyse Volume Verification para 5 8 4 e Check histograms R codes 4 dus 5 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 69 Section 9 Search Book Back Model 1600 Air Filter Removal To remove Service a Grasp the plastic air filter holder at one of the comers and peel off No tools are necessary b Lift old filter element from holder and replace it with a new element 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 70 Section 9 Book Back Service Fluid Power Supply Removal To remove a Remove Top Cover b Loosen the top retaining screws holding the top inner cover to the chassis with a Phillips head screwdriver c Swivel the top cover upward and to the rear The cover is hinged and will stand in a fold back position without support CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 9 71 Section 9 Search Book Back Service Fluid Power Supply Removal Cont d d Remove the three mounting screws holding the fluid power supply to the base of the chassis using an 18 or longer Phillips head screwdriver The three screws are secured in key hole slots The screw in the center of the assembly must be removed in
318. y 93 B 54 Appendix B Book Back UNDERSTANDING QC AND THE USE OF COMMERCIAL CONTROLS Calibration of all CELL DYN analyzers is extremely stable for all parameters however it should be checked daily in accordance with the requirements governing quality control in your laboratory Cali bration can be verified by running pre assayed multi level commercial control or replicate patient specimens that are collected in EDTA for less than 24 hours run and retained when the system was in control The multiple QC programs included in CELL DYN Diff Screen analyzers are designed to provide on going verification of system calibration Control and Replicate QC programs are designed to automati cally compare the results obtained for each specimen as it is run with entered limits Unacceptable results display in inverse video and print in bold type Mean standard deviation and coefficient of vari ation values automatically update each time the control is run A composite QC report for each QC file that includes the last 30 runs and Levey Jennings plots for each parameter can be displayed or printed at any time Commercial Hematology Controls What are They To ensure result accuracy whenever commercial control specimens are run a better understanding of what commercial hematology controls are and how they should be run is essential A basic overview of how commercial hematology control are prepared is as follows a
319. ychromasia Neutrophils 36 Spherocytosis Bands Stabs 1 Target Cells Myelolcytes Toxic Granulation Metamyelocytes Hypersegmented Polys Promyelocytes Nucleated RBC s 1 100 WBC s Blasts Reticulocytes 1000 RBC s COMMENTS Increased RBC HGB HCT and RDW with decreased MCV Abnormal PLT histogram normalization URI alert due to increased cells in 20 to 24fL region ACTION Review smear due to alerts abnormal results and histograms CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 40 Search Book Back K uL 40 0 L 5 6 M 54 4 M uL g dL fL 10 GSD Appendix WBC 5 3 LYM 2 1 MID 0 3 GRAN 2 9 RBC 3 68 HGB 6 6 HCT 22 4 MCV 61 MCH 17 9 MCHC 29 5 RDW 17 4 PLT 529 MPV 7 9 PCT 0 42 PDW 16 7 100 200 Cells Reference Differential Lymphocytes Variant Lymphs Monocytes Eosinophils Basophils Neutrophils Bands Stabs Myelolcytes Metamyelocytes Promyelocytes Blasts CASE EXAMPLE 5 Red Cell Morphology Anisocytosis Poikilocytosis Microcytosis Macrocytosis Polychromasia Spherocytosis Target Cells Toxic Granulation Hypersegmented Polys Nucleated RBC s 100 WBC s Reticulocytes 1000 RBC s COMMENTS No differential data available Decrease RBC HGB HCT and MCV with increased PLT Characteristic of advanced iron deficiency Characteristic RBC and PLT his
320. zers are enjoying success because every specimen can now be screened for up to 18 parameters in the same time it took to obtain results for the basic 7 or 8 parameters These analyzers use a reduced amount of whole blood normally 100 microliters and a reduced amount of reagents to provide additional cost savings over previous analyzers Another major advantage is an increased statistical precision in the differential results Instead of counting only 100 white cells for a specimen with a 10 000 UL white cell count approximately 8000 white cells are counted and sized with the new diff screen analyzers Hematology and the development of new devices continues to progress rapidly In the future you will see e more instruments with diff screen capability e multiple measurement methods combined in one unit CELL DYNO 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 5 Appendix B Go Back e biohazard protection from closed container aspiration increased automation CELL DYN 1600 1400 Hematology Analyzer Service Manual 9211019 July 93 B 6 Appendix B Book Back OVERVIEW OF ELECTRONIC RESISTANCE OR IMPEDANCE All CELL DYNs utilize the time proven electronic resistance or impedance method to accurately count and size blood cells Prior to measurement the whole blood specimen is diluted either externally or internally in a solution with a fixed conductivity Duri

Go Back - Electronic Service for Medical Offices, Inc.

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents